[go: up one dir, main page]

CN117015081A - Method and apparatus for handling discontinuous reception configuration for augmented reality - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for handling discontinuous reception configuration for augmented reality Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN117015081A
CN117015081A CN202310474497.XA CN202310474497A CN117015081A CN 117015081 A CN117015081 A CN 117015081A CN 202310474497 A CN202310474497 A CN 202310474497A CN 117015081 A CN117015081 A CN 117015081A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
drx
indication
discontinuous reception
group
configuration
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CN202310474497.XA
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄苡瑄
欧孟晖
郭宇轩
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Asus Technology Licensing Inc
Original Assignee
Asus Technology Licensing Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Asus Technology Licensing Inc filed Critical Asus Technology Licensing Inc
Publication of CN117015081A publication Critical patent/CN117015081A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H04W72/1273Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows of downlink data flows
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Methods and apparatus are provided for handling discontinuous reception configurations for augmented reality. The method comprises the following steps: receiving a first signaling configuring at least one value of a discontinuous reception parameter; receiving second signaling in the serving cell indicating a first value of the discontinuous reception parameter or a second value of at least one value of the discontinuous reception parameter; and performing at least one of: adjusting discontinuous reception parameters for the first discontinuous reception group or the second discontinuous reception group of the user equipment based on the target discontinuous reception group indicated in the second signaling or based on whether the serving cell is assigned to the first discontinuous reception group or the second discontinuous reception group; restarting the drx-onduration timer at a timing calculated based on the first value or the second value of the discontinuous reception parameter indicated in the second signaling in response to receiving the second signaling; stopping the drx-onDurationTimer and starting the drx-onDurationTimer at the timing in response to receiving the second signaling; or stopping and starting the drx-onduration timer at or after transmitting an acknowledgement in response to the receipt of the second signaling.

Description

用于处置用于扩展现实的不连续接收配置的方法和设备Method and apparatus for handling discontinuous reception configurations for extended reality

技术领域Technical Field

本公开大体上涉及无线通信网络,并且更特定地说,涉及无线通信系统中用于处置用于扩展现实的DRX配置的方法和设备。The present disclosure relates generally to wireless communication networks, and more particularly, to methods and apparatus for handling DRX configuration for augmented reality in a wireless communication system.

背景技术Background Art

随着对将大量数据传送到移动通信装置以及从移动通信装置传送大量数据的需求的快速增长,传统的移动语音通信网络演变成用互联网协议(IP)数据包进行通信的网络。此IP数据包通信可以为移动通信装置的用户提供IP承载语音、多媒体、多播和点播通信服务。With the rapid growth of the demand for transmitting large amounts of data to and from mobile communication devices, traditional mobile voice communication networks have evolved into networks that communicate using Internet Protocol (IP) packets. This IP packet communication can provide IP-bearing voice, multimedia, multicast and on-demand communication services for users of mobile communication devices.

示例性网络结构是演进型通用陆地无线接入网(Evolved UniversalTerrestrial Radio Access Network,E-UTRAN)。E-UTRAN系统可以提供高数据吞吐量以便实现上述IP承载语音和多媒体服务。目前,3GPP标准组织正在讨论新下一代(例如,5G)无线电技术。因此,目前在提交和考虑对3GPP标准的当前主体的改变以使3GPP标准演进和完成。An exemplary network structure is an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN). The E-UTRAN system can provide high data throughput to enable the above-mentioned IP-bearing voice and multimedia services. Currently, the 3GPP standards organization is discussing new next-generation (e.g., 5G) radio technologies. Therefore, changes to the current body of 3GPP standards are currently being submitted and considered to evolve and complete the 3GPP standards.

发明内容Summary of the invention

提供用于在无线通信系统中处置用于扩展现实的不连续接收(DRX)配置的方法、系统和设备,其中用户设备(UE)可以在无线电资源控制(RRC)连接模式中减少用于扩展现实(XR)下行链路(DL)业务的物理下行链路控制信道(PDCCH)监视,UE可以被配置有各种DRX配置以满足XR服务,UE可以被指示使用来自各种DRX配置的适当DRX配置以满足XR服务,和/或UE可以当应用动态DRX配置用于XR服务时适当地报告或传送探测参考信号(SRS)和/或信道状态信息(CSI)。Methods, systems, and devices are provided for handling discontinuous reception (DRX) configuration for extended reality in a wireless communication system, wherein a user equipment (UE) can reduce physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) monitoring for extended reality (XR) downlink (DL) services in a radio resource control (RRC) connected mode, the UE can be configured with various DRX configurations to meet the XR service, the UE can be instructed to use an appropriate DRX configuration from the various DRX configurations to meet the XR service, and/or the UE can appropriately report or transmit a sounding reference signal (SRS) and/or channel state information (CSI) when a dynamic DRX configuration is applied for the XR service.

在各种实施例中,用于无线通信系统中的UE的方法包括:接收配置DRX参数的至少一个值的第一信令;在服务小区中接收指示DRX参数的第一值或DRX参数的所述至少一个值的第二值的第二信令;以及执行以下各项中的至少一个:基于第二信令中指示的目标DRX群组或基于服务小区是被指派到第一DRX群组还是第二DRX群组而调整用于UE的第一DRX群组或第二DRX群组的DRX参数;响应于接收到第二信令而在基于第二信令中指示的DRX参数的第一值或第二值计算的时序重新启动drx-onDurationTimer;响应于接收到第二信令而停止drx-onDurationTimer和在所述时序启动drx-onDurationTimer;或在响应于第二信令的接收传送确认时或之后停止drx-onDurationTimer和在所述时序启动drx-onDurationTimer。In various embodiments, a method for a UE in a wireless communication system includes: receiving first signaling configuring at least one value of a DRX parameter; receiving second signaling indicating a first value of the DRX parameter or a second value of the at least one value of the DRX parameter in a serving cell; and performing at least one of the following: adjusting the DRX parameter of a first DRX group or a second DRX group for the UE based on a target DRX group indicated in the second signaling or based on whether the serving cell is assigned to the first DRX group or the second DRX group; restarting a drx-onDurationTimer at a timing calculated based on the first value or the second value of the DRX parameter indicated in the second signaling in response to receiving the second signaling; stopping the drx-onDurationTimer and starting the drx-onDurationTimer at the timing in response to receiving the second signaling; or stopping the drx-onDurationTimer and starting the drx-onDurationTimer at the timing in response to or after receiving a transmission confirmation of the second signaling.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1示出根据本发明实施例的无线通信系统的附图。FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图2是根据本发明实施例的传送器系统(也被称为接入网络)和接收器系统(也被称为用户设备或UE)的框图。2 is a block diagram of a transmitter system (also referred to as an access network) and a receiver system (also referred to as a user equipment or UE) according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图3是根据本发明实施例的通信系统的功能框图。FIG. 3 is a functional block diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图4是根据本发明的实施例的图3的程序代码的功能框图。FIG. 4 is a functional block diagram of the program code of FIG. 3 according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图5是来自3GPP TR 38.838V17.0.0“对用于NR的扩展现实(XR)评估的研究”的图5.1.1-1:单流DL业务模型的再现。Figure 5 is a reproduction of Figure 5.1.1-1: Single stream DL traffic model from 3GPP TR 38.838 V17.0.0 “Study on Extended Reality (XR) Evaluation for NR”.

图6是根据本发明的实施例的用于接通持续时间的DRX操作的实例附图。FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating an example of a DRX operation for an on-duration according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图7是根据本发明的实施例的示出接通持续时间可以由于到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)的修改而移位的实例附图。7 is an example diagram illustrating that an on-duration may be shifted due to a modification of a start offset (eg, drx-SlotOffset) to an on-duration according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图8是根据本发明的实施例的示出可以由于到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)的修改而移位的接通持续时间的实例附图。8 is an example diagram illustrating an on-duration that may be shifted due to modification of a start offset to an on-duration (eg, drx-SlotOffset), according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图9是根据本发明的实施例的示出接通持续时间可以由于接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)的修改而移位的实例附图。9 is an example diagram illustrating that an on-duration may be shifted due to modification of the length of the on-duration (eg, drx-onDurationTimer) according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图10是根据本发明的实施例的示出接通持续时间可以由于接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)的修改而移位的实例附图。10 is an example diagram illustrating that an on-duration may be shifted due to modification of the length of the on-duration (eg, drx-onDurationTimer) according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图11是根据本发明的实施例的示出接通持续时间可以由于DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)的修改而移位的实例附图。FIG. 11 is an example diagram showing that an on-duration may be shifted due to a modification of the length of a DRX cycle (eg, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图12是根据本发明的实施例的示出接通持续时间可以由于DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)的修改而移位的实例附图。12 is an example diagram showing that an on-duration may be shifted due to a modification of the length of a DRX cycle (eg, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图13是根据本发明的实施例的UE接收包括DRX配置的RRC消息,接收第一指示和/或第二指示,且基于第一指示和/或第二指示而调整DRX配置的流程图。13 is a flowchart of a UE receiving an RRC message including a DRX configuration, receiving a first indication and/or a second indication, and adjusting the DRX configuration based on the first indication and/or the second indication according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图14是根据本发明的实施例的UE接收配置用于第一DRX群组的DRX参数的至少一个值的第一信令,在服务小区中接收指示DRX参数的第一值或第二值的第二信令,且调整用于第一DRX群组或第二DRX群组的DRX参数的流程图。Figure 14 is a flowchart of a UE receiving a first signaling configuring at least one value of a DRX parameter for a first DRX group, receiving a second signaling indicating a first value or a second value of the DRX parameter in a serving cell, and adjusting the DRX parameters for the first DRX group or the second DRX group according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图15是根据本发明的实施例的UE接收配置用于第一DRX群组的DRX参数的至少一个值的第一信令的流程图。15 is a flowchart of a UE receiving first signaling configuring at least one value of a DRX parameter for a first DRX group according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图16是根据本发明的实施例的示出UE可以在由L1/L2指示指示的时序启动drx-onDurationTimer的实例附图。FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example in which a UE may start a drx-onDurationTimer at a timing indicated by an L1/L2 indication according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图17是根据本发明的实施例的示出UE可以接收调整DRX参数(例如,drx-StartOffset、drx-SlotOffset)的L1/L2指示的实例附图。FIG. 17 is an example diagram showing that a UE may receive an L1/L2 indication for adjusting a DRX parameter (eg, drx-StartOffset, drx-SlotOffset) according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图18是根据本发明的实施例的UE接收包括多个DRX配置的RRC消息,接收一个或多个DRX配置的指示,且使用所述一个或多个DRX配置执行PDCCH监视的流程图。18 is a flowchart of a UE receiving an RRC message including multiple DRX configurations, receiving an indication of one or more DRX configurations, and performing PDCCH monitoring using the one or more DRX configurations according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图19是根据本发明的实施例的示出UE可以当在特定时序之前接收到指示(例如,从UE接收到指示到符号n的时间间隔长于所述持续时间)时不传送SRS和/或CSI的实例附图。19 is an example diagram illustrating that a UE may not transmit SRS and/or CSI when an indication is received before a specific timing (eg, a time interval from when the UE receives the indication to symbol n is longer than the duration) according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图20是根据本发明的实施例的示出UE可以当在特定时序之后接收到指示(例如,从UE接收到指示到符号n的时间间隔短于所述持续时间)时传送SRS和/或CSI的实例附图。20 is an example diagram showing that a UE may transmit SRS and/or CSI when an indication is received after a specific timing (eg, a time interval from when the UE receives the indication to symbol n is shorter than the duration) according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图21是根据本发明的实施例的UE接收包括DRX配置的RRC消息,接收一个或多个DRX配置的指示,将所述指示应用于所述一个或多个DRX配置以执行PDCCH监视,且基于所述指示而确定是否在符号n中传送SRS和/或CSI的流程图。Figure 21 is a flowchart of a UE receiving an RRC message including a DRX configuration, receiving an indication of one or more DRX configurations, applying the indication to the one or more DRX configurations to perform PDCCH monitoring, and determining whether to transmit SRS and/or CSI in symbol n based on the indication according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图22是根据本发明的实施例的UE接收配置DRX参数的至少一个值的第一信令,在服务小区中接收指示DRX参数的第一值或DRX参数的所述至少一个值的第二值的第二信令,且执行以下各项中的至少一个:调整用于第一DRX群组或第二DRX群组的DRX参数,在一时序重新启动或启动drx-onDurationTimer,响应于接收到第二信令而停止drx-onDurationTimer,或在传送确认时或之后停止drx-onDruationTimer的流程图。Figure 22 is a flowchart of a UE receiving a first signaling for configuring at least one value of a DRX parameter according to an embodiment of the present invention, receiving a second signaling indicating a first value of the DRX parameter or a second value of the at least one value of the DRX parameter in a serving cell, and performing at least one of the following: adjusting the DRX parameters for the first DRX group or the second DRX group, restarting or starting the drx-onDurationTimer at a timing, stopping the drx-onDurationTimer in response to receiving the second signaling, or stopping the drx-onDruationTimer when or after transmitting a confirmation.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

本文中所描述的本发明可应用于或实施在下文描述的示例性无线通信系统和装置中。另外,主要在3GPP架构参考模型的上下文中描述本发明。然而,应了解借助所公开的信息,本领域技术人员可容易地适配使用且在3GPP2网络架构以及其它网络架构中实施本发明的方面。The present invention described herein may be applied to or implemented in the exemplary wireless communication systems and devices described below. In addition, the present invention is mainly described in the context of the 3GPP architecture reference model. However, it should be understood that with the help of the disclosed information, those skilled in the art can easily adapt and use and implement aspects of the present invention in the 3GPP2 network architecture as well as other network architectures.

下文描述的示例性无线通信系统和装置采用支持广播服务的无线通信系统。无线通信系统经广泛部署以提供各种类型的通信,例如语音、数据等。这些系统可以基于码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)、时分多址(time division multipleaccess,TDMA)、正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency division multiple access,OFDMA)、3GPP长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)无线接入、3GPP长期演进高级(LongTerm Evolution Advanced,LTE-A)无线接入、3GPP2超移动宽带(Ultra MobileBroadband,UMB)、WiMax、3GPP新无线电(New Radio,NR),或一些其它调制技术。The exemplary wireless communication systems and devices described below employ wireless communication systems that support broadcast services. Wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communications, such as voice, data, etc. These systems can be based on code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) radio access, 3GPP Long Term Evolution Advanced (LTE-A) radio access, 3GPP2 Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), WiMax, 3GPP New Radio (NR), or some other modulation technology.

特定来说,下文描述的示例性无线通信系统和装置可以被设计成支持一个或多个标准,例如由被命名为“第三代合作伙伴计划”的在本文中被称作3GPP的联合体提供的标准,包含:[1]RP-213587,“对用于NR的XR增强的研究”;[2]3GPP TR 38.838V17.0.0,“对用于NR的扩展现实(XR)评估的研究”;[3]3GPP TS 38.321V17.0.0,“NR,媒体接入控制(MAC)协议规范”;以及[4]3GPP TS 38.331V17.0.0,“NR,无线电资源控制(RRC)协议规范”。上文所列的标准和文档在此明确且完全地以全文引用的方式并入本文中。In particular, the exemplary wireless communication systems and devices described below may be designed to support one or more standards, such as those provided by a consortium named “3rd Generation Partnership Project”, referred to herein as 3GPP, including: [1] RP-213587, “Study of XR enhancements for NR”; [2] 3GPP TR 38.838 V17.0.0, “Study of Extended Reality (XR) Evaluation for NR”; [3] 3GPP TS 38.321 V17.0.0, “NR, Medium Access Control (MAC) Protocol Specification”; and [4] 3GPP TS 38.331 V17.0.0, “NR, Radio Resource Control (RRC) Protocol Specification”. The standards and documents listed above are hereby expressly and completely incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

图1示出了根据本发明的一个实施例的多址无线通信系统。接入网络100(accessnetwork,AN)包含多个天线群组,一个包含104和106,另一个包含108和110,并且还有一个包含112和114。在图1中,每一天线群组仅示出两个天线,然而,每一天线群组可利用更多或更少的天线。接入终端(AT)116与天线112和114通信,其中天线112和114通过前向链路120向接入终端116传送信息且通过反向链路118从AT 116接收信息。AT 122与天线106和108通信,其中天线106和108通过前向链路126将信息传送到AT 122,且通过反向链路124从AT122接收信息。在FDD系统中,通信链路118、120、124和126可以使用不同频率用于通信。举例来说,前向链路120可使用与反向链路118所使用频率不同的频率。FIG. 1 shows a multiple access wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention. An access network 100 (AN) includes multiple antenna groups, one including 104 and 106, another including 108 and 110, and another including 112 and 114. In FIG. 1, each antenna group shows only two antennas, however, each antenna group may utilize more or fewer antennas. An access terminal (AT) 116 communicates with antennas 112 and 114, where antennas 112 and 114 transmit information to access terminal 116 via forward link 120 and receive information from AT 116 via reverse link 118. AT 122 communicates with antennas 106 and 108, where antennas 106 and 108 transmit information to AT 122 via forward link 126 and receive information from AT 122 via reverse link 124. In an FDD system, communication links 118, 120, 124, and 126 may use different frequencies for communication. For example, forward link 120 may use a different frequency then that used by reverse link 118 .

每一群组的天线和/或它们被设计成在其中通信的区域常常被称作接入网络的扇区。在实施例中,天线群组各自被设计成与接入网络100所覆盖的区域的扇区中的接入终端通信。Each group of antennas and/or the area in which they are designed to communicate is often referred to as a sector of the access network. In an embodiment, the antenna groups are each designed to communicate with access terminals in a sector of the area covered by the access network 100.

在经由前向链路120和126的通信中,接入网络100的传送天线利用波束成形以便改善用于不同接入终端116和122的前向链路的信噪比。另外,相比于经由单个天线对其所有接入终端进行传送的接入网络,使用波束成形对随机分散在其覆盖区域中的接入终端进行传送的接入网络对相邻小区中的接入终端的干扰更少。In communicating via forward links 120 and 126, the transmit antennas of access network 100 utilize beamforming in order to improve the signal-to-noise ratio of the forward links for the different access terminals 116 and 122. Additionally, an access network that transmits to access terminals randomly dispersed throughout its coverage area using beamforming causes less interference to access terminals in neighboring cells than an access network that transmits to all of its access terminals via a single antenna.

AN可为用于与终端通信的固定站或基站,并且也可被称作接入点、Node B、基站、增强型基站、eNodeB,或某一其它术语。AT还可被称作用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、无线通信装置、终端、接入终端或某一其它术语。AN may be a fixed station or base station for communicating with a terminal, and may also be referred to as an access point, Node B, base station, enhanced base station, eNodeB, or some other term. AT may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), a wireless communication device, a terminal, an access terminal, or some other term.

图2是MIMO系统200中的传送器系统210(也被称作接入网络)和接收器系统250(也被称作接入终端(access terminal,AT)或用户设备(user equipment,UE))的实施例的简化框图。在传送器系统210处,从数据源212将用于多个数据流的业务数据提供到传送(TX)数据处理器214。2 is a simplified block diagram of an embodiment of a transmitter system 210 (also referred to as an access network) and a receiver system 250 (also referred to as an access terminal (AT) or user equipment (UE)) in a MIMO system 200. At the transmitter system 210, traffic data for a number of data streams is provided from a data source 212 to a transmit (TX) data processor 214.

在一个实施例中,通过相应的传送天线传送每个数据流。TX数据处理器214基于针对每一数据流选择的特定译码方案格式化、译码及交错所述数据流的业务数据以提供经译码数据。In one embodiment, each data stream is transmitted through a respective transmit antenna.TX data processor 214 formats, codes, and interleaves the traffic data for each data stream based on a particular coding scheme selected for that data stream to provide coded data.

可以使用OFDM技术将每一数据流的经译码数据与导频数据多路复用。导频数据通常为以已知方式进行处理的已知数据样式,且可在接收器系统处使用以估计信道响应。随后基于针对每一数据流选择的特定调制方案(例如,BPSK、QPSK、M-PSK或M-QAM)来调制(例如,符号映射)用于所述数据流的经复用导频和经译码数据以提供调制符号。由处理器230执行的指令可确定用于每一数据流的数据速率、译码和调制。存储器232耦合到处理器230。The coded data for each data stream may be multiplexed with pilot data using OFDM techniques. The pilot data is typically a known data pattern that is processed in a known manner and may be used at the receiver system to estimate the channel response. The multiplexed pilot and coded data for each data stream are then modulated (e.g., symbol mapped) based on a particular modulation scheme (e.g., BPSK, QPSK, M-PSK, or M-QAM) selected for the data stream to provide modulation symbols. Instructions executed by processor 230 may determine the data rate, coding, and modulation for each data stream. Memory 232 is coupled to processor 230.

接着将所有数据流的调制符号提供到TX MIMO处理器220,所述TX MIMO处理器可进一步处理所述调制符号(例如,用于OFDM)。TX MIMO处理器220接着将NT个调制符号流提供给NT个传送器(TMTR)222a至222t。在某些实施例中,TX MIMO处理器220将波束成形权重应用于数据流的符号及从其传送所述符号的天线。The modulation symbols for all data streams are then provided to a TX MIMO processor 220, which may further process the modulation symbols (e.g., for OFDM). TX MIMO processor 220 then provides NT modulation symbol streams to NT transmitters (TMTR) 222a through 222t. In certain embodiments, TX MIMO processor 220 applies beamforming weights to the symbols of the data streams and to the antenna from which the symbol is being transmitted.

每一传送器222接收和处理相应的符号流以提供一个或多个模拟信号,并且进一步调节(例如,放大、滤波和上转换)所述模拟信号以提供适合于经由MIMO信道传送的经调制信号。接着分别从NT个天线224a到224t传送来自传送器222a到222t的NT个经调制信号。Each transmitter 222 receives and processes a respective symbol stream to provide one or more analog signals, and further conditions (e.g., amplifies, filters, and upconverts) the analog signals to provide a modulated signal suitable for transmission over the MIMO channel. The NT modulated signals from transmitters 222a through 222t are then transmitted from NT antennas 224a through 224t, respectively.

在接收器系统250处,由NR个天线252a至252r接收所传送的已调制信号,并且将从每个天线252接收的信号提供到相应接收器(receiver,RCVR)254a至254r。每一接收器254调节(例如,滤波、放大和下转换)相应的接收信号、数字化经调节信号以提供样本,并且进一步处理所述样本以提供对应的“接收”符号流。At receiver system 250, the transmitted modulated signals are received by NR antennas 252a through 252r and the received signal from each antenna 252 is provided to a respective receiver (RCVR) 254a through 254r. Each receiver 254 conditions (e.g., filters, amplifies, and downconverts) a respective received signal, digitizes the conditioned signal to provide samples, and further processes the samples to provide a corresponding "received" symbol stream.

RX数据处理器260接着基于特定接收器处理技术从NR个接收器254接收并处理NR个所接收符号流以提供NT个“所检测到的”符号流。RX数据处理器260接着解调、解交错及解码每一所检测到的符号流以恢复用于数据流的业务数据。由RX数据处理器260进行的处理与由传送器系统210处的TX MIMO处理器220及TX数据处理器214执行的处理互补。The RX data processor 260 then receives and processes the NR received symbol streams from the NR receivers 254 based on a particular receiver processing technique to provide NT "detected" symbol streams. The RX data processor 260 then demodulates, deinterleaves, and decodes each detected symbol stream to recover the traffic data for the data stream. The processing by the RX data processor 260 is complementary to the processing performed by the TX MIMO processor 220 and the TX data processor 214 at the transmitter system 210.

处理器270周期性地确定要使用哪个预译码矩阵(下文论述)。处理器270制定包括矩阵索引部分及秩值部分的反向链路消息。Processor 270 periodically determines which pre-coding matrix to use (discussed below). Processor 270 formulates a reverse link message comprising a matrix index portion and a rank value portion.

反向链路消息可以包括关于通信链路和/或所接收数据流的各种类型的信息。反向链路消息接着由TX数据处理器238(其还接收来自数据源236的数个数据流的业务数据)处理,由调制器280调制,由传送器254a至254r调节,及被传送回到传送器系统210。The reverse link message may include various types of information about the communication link and/or the received data stream. The reverse link message is then processed by the TX data processor 238 (which also receives traffic data for a number of data streams from the data source 236), modulated by the modulator 280, conditioned by the transmitters 254a to 254r, and transmitted back to the transmitter system 210.

在传送器系统210处,来自接收器系统250的经调制信号由天线224接收、由接收器222调节、由解调器240解调,并由RX数据处理器242处理,以提取由接收器系统250传送的反向链路消息。接着,处理器230确定使用哪一预译码矩阵以确定波束成形权重,然后处理所提取的消息。At the transmitter system 210, the modulated signal from the receiver system 250 is received by the antenna 224, conditioned by the receiver 222, demodulated by the demodulator 240, and processed by the RX data processor 242 to extract the reverse link message transmitted by the receiver system 250. The processor 230 then determines which precoding matrix to use to determine the beamforming weights and then processes the extracted message.

存储器232可用于暂时存储经由处理器230来自240或242的一些缓冲/计算数据,存储来自212的一些缓冲数据,或存储一些特定程序代码。并且,存储器272可用于暂时存储通过处理器270来自260的一些缓冲/计算数据,存储来自236的一些缓冲数据,或存储一些特定程序代码。The memory 232 may be used to temporarily store some buffer/calculated data from 240 or 242 via the processor 230, store some buffer data from 212, or store some specific program codes. Also, the memory 272 may be used to temporarily store some buffer/calculated data from 260 via the processor 270, store some buffer data from 236, or store some specific program codes.

转到图3,此图示出根据本发明的一个实施例的通信装置的替代简化功能框图。如图3所示,可以利用无线通信系统中的通信装置300以用于实现图1中的UE(或AT)116和122,并且无线通信系统优选地是NR系统。通信装置300可以包含输入装置302、输出装置304、控制电路306、中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU)308、存储器310、程序代码312以及收发器314。控制电路306通过CPU 308执行存储器310中的程序代码312,由此控制通信装置300的操作。通信装置300可以接收由用户通过输入装置302(例如,键盘或小键盘)输入的信号,且可通过输出装置304(例如,监视器或扬声器)输出图像和声音。收发器314用于接收和传送无线信号、将接收到的信号传递到控制电路306、且无线地输出由控制电路306产生的信号。Turning to FIG. 3, this figure shows an alternative simplified functional block diagram of a communication device according to one embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, a communication device 300 in a wireless communication system can be used to implement the UE (or AT) 116 and 122 in FIG. 1, and the wireless communication system is preferably an NR system. The communication device 300 may include an input device 302, an output device 304, a control circuit 306, a central processing unit (CPU) 308, a memory 310, a program code 312, and a transceiver 314. The control circuit 306 executes the program code 312 in the memory 310 through the CPU 308, thereby controlling the operation of the communication device 300. The communication device 300 can receive a signal input by a user through an input device 302 (e.g., a keyboard or a keypad), and can output images and sounds through an output device 304 (e.g., a monitor or a speaker). The transceiver 314 is used to receive and transmit wireless signals, pass the received signal to the control circuit 306, and wirelessly output the signal generated by the control circuit 306.

图4是根据本发明的一实施例的在图3中所示的程序代码312的简化的框图。在此实施例中,程序代码312包含应用层400、层3部分402以及层2部分404,且耦合到层1部分406。层3部分402通常执行无线电资源控制。层2部分404通常执行链路控制。层1部分406通常执行物理连接。FIG4 is a simplified block diagram of the program code 312 shown in FIG3 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the program code 312 includes an application layer 400, a layer 3 portion 402, and a layer 2 portion 404, and is coupled to a layer 1 portion 406. The layer 3 portion 402 generally performs radio resource control. The layer 2 portion 404 generally performs link control. The layer 1 portion 406 generally performs physical connectivity.

对于LTE、LTE-A或NR系统,层2部分404可包含无线电链路控制(Radio LinkControl,RLC)层和媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)层。层3部分402可以包含无线电资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)层。For LTE, LTE-A or NR systems, the layer 2 portion 404 may include a radio link control (RLC) layer and a medium access control (MAC) layer. The layer 3 portion 402 may include a radio resource control (RRC) layer.

每项发明中描述的下列段落、(子)项目符号、要点、动作或权利要求中的任意两者或更多个可有逻辑地、合理地且适当地组合以形成特定方法。Any two or more of the following paragraphs, (sub)bullets, points, actions or claims described in each invention may be logically, reasonably and appropriately combined to form a specific method.

以下每一发明段落或章节中描述的任何句子、段落、(子)项目符号、要点、动作或权利要求都可以独立且单独地实施以形成特定方法或设备。以下本发明公开内容中例如“基于”、“更具体来说”、“实例”等相关性仅为不会限制特定方法或设备的一个可能实施例。Any sentence, paragraph, (sub) bullet, key point, action or claim described in each of the following invention paragraphs or sections can be implemented independently and individually to form a specific method or device. The following disclosure of the present invention, such as "based on", "more specifically", "example", etc., is only a possible embodiment that does not limit a specific method or device.

NR中的扩展现实(XR)的版本18研究项目的说明在[1]RP-213587“对用于NR的XR增强的研究”:The Release 18 research project for Extended Reality (XR) in NR is described in [1] RP-213587 “Research on XR Enhancements for NR”:

****************引述开始[1]******************************** Quote starts [1]****************

3理由3 Reasons

RAN1 Rel-17研究项目“对用于NR的XR评估的研究”已示出扩展现实(XR)和云游戏(CG)是在针对Rel-18和以后的版本中的NR被视为重要的使用情况和服务内。大体来说,XR和CG是涉及各种类型的增强、虚拟和混合环境的广泛术语,其中在手持式和可穿戴式最终用户装置(UE)的辅助下执行人机通信和人人通信。RAN1 Rel-17 study project "Study on XR Evaluation for NR" has shown that Extended Reality (XR) and Cloud Gaming (CG) are considered important use cases and services for NR in Rel-18 and later releases. In general, XR and CG are broad terms referring to various types of augmented, virtual and hybrid environments, where human-machine communication and human-human communication are performed with the assistance of handheld and wearable end-user devices (UE).

-云游戏(CG)涉及使用情况的群组,其中与游戏(单玩家或多玩家)相关的绝大多数计算是从UE卸载到边缘或远程服务器。- Cloud Gaming (CG) refers to a group of use cases where the vast majority of computations associated with a game (single-player or multi-player) are offloaded from the UE to an edge or remote server.

-扩展现实(XR)是针对在SA1、SA2和SA4中研究和概括的多个异质使用情况和服务的宽范围伞,包含但不限于TR 22.842和TR 26.928。这些XR使用情况可大致划分成:(i)增强现实(AR);(ii)虚拟现实(VR),和(iii)混合现实(MR)。- Extended Reality (XR) is a broad umbrella for multiple heterogeneous use cases and services studied and outlined in SA1, SA2, and SA4, including but not limited to TR 22.842 and TR 26.928. These XR use cases can be roughly divided into: (i) Augmented Reality (AR); (ii) Virtual Reality (VR), and (iii) Mixed Reality (MR).

虽然XR和CG呈现一组对未来移动系统有吸引力的使用情况,但它们也带来需要研究和潜在地解决的对NR的一组挑战。While XR and CG present an attractive set of use cases for future mobile systems, they also bring a set of challenges to NR that need to be studied and potentially solved.

许多XR和CG使用情况的特征在于在与频繁的UL(即,姿态/控制更新)和/或UL视频流组合的DL(即,视频流)中具有高数据速率的准周期性业务(具有可能的抖动)。DL和UL业务的特征还在于相对严格的包延迟预算(packet delay budget,PDB)。因此,需要研究且潜在地指定较好地支持此类具有挑战性的服务的可能解决方案。Many XR and CG use cases are characterized by quasi-periodic traffic (with possible jitter) with high data rates in the DL (i.e., video streaming) combined with frequent UL (i.e., attitude/control updates) and/or UL video streaming. The DL and UL traffic are also characterized by relatively tight packet delay budgets (PDBs). Therefore, there is a need to study and potentially specify possible solutions that better support such challenging services.

许多最终用户XR和CG装置预期是移动的和小规模的,因此具有有限的电池电力资源。因此,可能需要额外功率增强以当运行XR和CG服务时减少总体UE功率消耗,且因此延长有效UE电池使用寿命。应了解,当前的DRX配置并不适合于(i)非整数XR业务周期性,(ii)可变XR数据速率,和(iii)准周期性XR周期性,因此增强在此领域中将是有益的。Many end-user XR and CG devices are expected to be mobile and small-scale, and therefore have limited battery power resources. Therefore, additional power enhancements may be needed to reduce overall UE power consumption when running XR and CG services, and thus extend effective UE battery life. It should be appreciated that current DRX configurations are not suitable for (i) non-integer XR traffic periodicity, (ii) variable XR data rates, and (iii) quasi-periodic XR periodicity, and therefore enhancements in this area would be beneficial.

预期XR和CG服务的集合具有某种多样性,且当服务在NR上运行的同时,数据流(即,视频)的特性可以“在运行中”改变。因此,关于来自较高层的运行服务的额外信息,例如QoS流关联、帧级QoS、基于ADU的QoS、XR特定QoS等,可以有利于促进告知无线电参数的选择。显然,通过UE和gNB的XR应用程序感知将改善用户体验,改进支持XR服务中的NR系统容量,且减少UE功率消耗。预期SA工作组将领导关于标识必要增强以改善XR感知的工作,且RAN将了解这些增强参数且可潜在地调整XR业务的无线电处理。It is expected that the set of XR and CG services has some diversity, and the characteristics of the data streams (i.e., video) may change “on the fly” while the services are running on NR. Therefore, additional information about the running services from higher layers, such as QoS flow association, frame level QoS, ADU-based QoS, XR-specific QoS, etc., may be beneficial to facilitate the selection of informed radio parameters. Obviously, XR application awareness through UE and gNB will improve the user experience, improve NR system capacity in supporting XR services, and reduce UE power consumption. It is expected that the SA working group will lead the work on identifying the necessary enhancements to improve XR awareness, and the RAN will be aware of these enhancement parameters and can potentially adjust the radio processing of XR traffic.

4目标4. Goals

4.1SI或核心部分WI或测试部分WI的目标4.1 Objectives of SI or core WI or test WI

研究是基于版本17TR 38.838,基于来自SA4(按照SP-210043)的对应版本17工作,和基于来自SA2(按照SP-211166)的版本18工作。The research is based on Release 17 TR 38.838, based on the corresponding Release 17 work from SA4 (according to SP-210043), and based on Release 18 work from SA2 (according to SP-211166).

关于RAN(RAN2)中的XR感知的目标:Regarding the goals of XR perception in RAN (RAN2):

-研究和标识有益于gNB了解的XR业务(UL和DL)特性、QoS度量以及应用层属性。- Study and identify XR service (UL and DL) characteristics, QoS metrics, and application layer attributes that would be useful for the gNB to understand.

-研究上述信息如何辅助XR特定的业务处置。- Study how the above information can assist XR-specific business processing.

关于XR特定的功率节省的目标(RAN1,RAN2):Regarding XR specific power saving targets (RAN1, RAN2):

-研究XR比功率节省技术以适应XR服务特性(周期性、多个流、抖动、时延、可靠性等...)。关注以下技术:-Study XR power saving techniques to adapt to XR service characteristics (periodicity, multiple streams, jitter, latency, reliability, etc...). Focus on the following technologies:

○C-DRX增强。○C-DRX enhancement.

○PDCCH监视增强。○PDCCH monitoring enhancement.

****************引述结束*********************************END OF QUOTE*****************

XR的单流和多流DL业务模型在TS 38.838(例如,[2]3GPP TR 38.838V17.0.0,“关于用于NR的扩展现实(XR)评估的研究”)中如下指定:The single-stream and multi-stream DL service models for XR are specified in TS 38.838 (e.g., [2] 3GPP TR 38.838 V17.0.0, “Study on Extended Reality (XR) Evaluation for NR”) as follows:

****************引述开始[2]******************************** Quote starts [2]****************

5.1通用DL业务模型5.1 General DL Business Model

5.1.1单流DL业务模型5.1.1 Single-stream DL service model

此条款提供参数化通用单流DL业务模型。在此模型中,如图5.1-1中所示,根据所考虑视频帧速率和随机抖动将XR DL业务建模作为到达gNB的视频帧序列。根据某一分布,每一帧的大小也是随机的。This clause provides a parameterized generic single-stream DL traffic model. In this model, as shown in Figure 5.1-1, XR DL traffic is modeled as a sequence of video frames arriving at the gNB according to the considered video frame rate and random jitter. The size of each frame is also random according to a certain distribution.

图5是来自3GPP TR 38.838V17.0.0“对用于NR的扩展现实(XR)评估的研究”的图5.1.1-1:单流DL业务模型的再现。Figure 5 is a reproduction of Figure 5.1.1-1: Single stream DL traffic model from 3GPP TR 38.838 V17.0.0 “Study on Extended Reality (XR) Evaluation for NR”.

5.1.1.1包大小5.1.1.1 Packet Size

在此模型中,包对属于同一视频帧的IP包集合进行建模。视频帧包含共享同一缓冲器的左眼和右眼帧,所述缓冲器在整个本文档中称为‘用于双眼缓冲器的单流’或‘单眼缓冲器’。In this model, a packet models a collection of IP packets belonging to the same video frame. A video frame contains left-eye and right-eye frames sharing the same buffer, which is referred to as 'single stream for both eye buffers' or 'mono-eye buffer' throughout this document.

包的大小是由给定数据速率和帧速率决定,给定数据速率和帧速率被建模为遵循具有以下统计参数的截断高斯分布的随机变量。The size of the packet is determined by the given data rate and frame rate, which are modeled as random variables following a truncated Gaussian distribution with the following statistical parameters.

表5.1.1.1-1:遵循截断高斯分布的用于包大小的统计参数Table 5.1.1.1-1: Statistical parameters for packet sizes following a truncated Gaussian distribution

[…][…]

5.1.1.2包到达5.1.1.2 Packet Arrival

在此模型中,包到达速率由例如60fps的帧产生速率决定。因此,平均包到达周期性由帧速率的倒数给出,例如,16.6667ms=1/60fps。无抖动的周期性到达针对具有索引k(=1,2,3....)的包给出gNB处的到达时间为In this model, the packet arrival rate is determined by the frame generation rate, e.g. 60fps. Therefore, the average packet arrival periodicity is given by the inverse of the frame rate, e.g. 16.6667ms = 1/60fps. Jitter-free periodic arrival gives the arrival time at the gNB for packets with index k (= 1, 2, 3....) as

k/F*1000[ms],k/F*1000[ms],

其中F是给定帧产生速率(每秒)。Where F is the given frame generation rate (per second).

应注意,此周期性包到达隐式地假定从网络侧贡献的固定延迟,包含固定视频编码时间、固定网络传送延迟等。It should be noted that this periodic packet arrival implicitly assumes fixed delays contributed from the network side, including fixed video encoding time, fixed network transmission delay, etc.

然而,在真实系统中,变化的帧编码延迟和网络传送时间在gNB处的包到达时间中引入抖动。在此模型中,抖动被建模为在周期性到达之上添加的随机变量。抖动遵循具有以下在表5.1-2中示出的统计参数的截断高斯分布。However, in real systems, varying frame coding delays and network transfer times introduce jitter in the packet arrival times at the gNB. In this model, the jitter is modeled as a random variable added on top of the periodic arrivals. The jitter follows a truncated Gaussian distribution with the following statistical parameters shown in Table 5.1-2.

表5.1.1.2-1:用于抖动的统计参数Table 5.1.1.2-1: Statistical parameters for jitter

应注意,给定参数值和所考虑的帧产生速率(在此模型中为60或120)确保包到达是按次序的(即,下一包的到达时间始终大于前一包的到达时间)。It should be noted that the given parameter values and the considered frame generation rate (60 or 120 in this model) ensure that the packet arrivals are in order (ie, the arrival time of the next packet is always greater than the arrival time of the previous packet).

因此,具有抖动的周期性到达给出具有索引k(=1,2,3....)的包的到达时间为Therefore, periodic arrival with jitter gives the arrival time of the packet with index k (=1, 2, 3....) as

偏移+k/F*1000+J[ms],Offset + k/F*1000 + J [ms],

其中F是给定帧产生速率(每秒)且J是捕获抖动的随机变量。应注意,用于每一UE的业务的实际业务到达时序可以按UE特定的任意偏移进行移位。Where F is the given frame generation rate (per second) and J is a random variable that captures jitter. It should be noted that the actual traffic arrival timing of traffic for each UE may be shifted by an arbitrary offset that is UE specific.

5.1.1.3包延迟预算5.1.1.3 Packet Delay Budget

RAN侧(即,空中接口)中的XR业务的时延要求被建模为包延迟预算(PDB)。PDB是用于待在空中从gNB传送到UE的包的有限时间预算。The latency requirement of XR services in the RAN side (i.e., air interface) is modeled as a Packet Delay Budget (PDB). The PDB is a finite time budget for a packet to stay in the air for transmission from the gNB to the UE.

对于给定包,在空中接口中引发的包的延迟是从包到达gNB的时间到包成功地传送到UE的时间测得的。如果延迟大于用于包的给定PDB,那么包称为违反PDB,否则包称为成功地递送。For a given packet, the delay of the packet induced in the air interface is measured from the time the packet arrives at the gNB to the time the packet is successfully delivered to the UE. If the delay is greater than the given PDB for the packet, then the packet is said to violate the PDB, otherwise the packet is said to be successfully delivered.

PDB的值针对不同应用和业务类型可以变化。The value of PDB may vary for different applications and business types.

[…][…]

5.1.2多流DL业务模型5.1.2 Multi-stream DL service model

此条款提供用于XR DL业务的任选的多流模型。This clause provides an optional multi-stream model for XR DL services.

-选项1:I帧+P帧-Option 1: I frame + P frame

-选项1A:基于切片的业务模型- Option 1A: Slice-based business model

-选项1B:基于图片群组(GOP)的业务模型- Option 1B: Group of Pictures (GOP) based service model

-选项2:视频+音频/数据- Option 2: Video + Audio/Data

-选项3:FOV+全向流-Option 3: FOV + Omnidirectional Flow

5.1.2.1选项1(I+P)5.1.2.1 Option 1 (I+P)

对于选项1,根据表5.1-5建模两个流(I流和P流)。For Option 1, two flows (I flow and P flow) are modeled according to Table 5.1-5.

-流1:I流- Stream 1: I stream

-流2:P流- Stream 2: P stream

取决于视频编码方案,定义两个额外子模型:基于切片的模型,和基于图片群组(GOP)的模型。Depending on the video coding scheme, two additional sub-models are defined: a slice-based model, and a group of pictures (GOP)-based model.

-基于切片:在此编码方案中,将单个视频帧划分成N个切片。在这N个中,一个切片是I切片,且剩余N-1个切片是P切片。N个包(一个I和N-1个P)包对应于同时到达的一个视频帧。- Slice-based: In this coding scheme, a single video frame is divided into N slices. Of these N, one slice is an I slice and the remaining N-1 slices are P slices. N packets (one I and N-1 P) packets correspond to one video frame arriving at the same time.

-基于GOP:在此编码方案中,单个视频帧是I帧或P帧。I帧是每K个帧传送,其中K是GOP大小,即每个图片群组。一个视频帧在一个时间作为包到达。- GOP-based: In this coding scheme, a single video frame is either an I-frame or a P-frame. I-frames are transmitted every K frames, where K is the GOP size, i.e., each group of pictures. One video frame arrives as a packet at a time.

表5.1.2.1-1:用于选项1多流DL业务模型的统计参数Table 5.1.2.1-1: Statistical parameters for Option 1 multi-stream DL traffic model

5.1.2.2选项2(视频+音频/数据)5.1.2.2 Option 2 (Video + Audio/Data)

对于选项2,建模两个流(视频+音频/数据)。For option 2, two streams (video + audio/data) are modeled.

-流1:视频- Stream 1: Video

-流2:音频/数据- Stream 2: Audio/Data

流1-视频流遵循条款5.1.1中给定的通用单流模型。流2-音频/数据具有以下参数的周期性业务。Stream 1 - Video stream follows the general single stream model given in clause 5.1.1. Stream 2 - Audio/Data Periodic service with the following parameters.

表5.1.2.2-1:用于选项2多流模型的统计参数值Table 5.1.2.2-1: Statistical parameter values for Option 2 multi-stream model

参数parameter 单位unit 用于评估的基线值Baseline value for evaluation 用于评估的任选值Optional value for evaluation 周期性PPeriodic P msms 1010 数据速率:RData rate: R MbpsMbps 0.756,1.120.756, 1.12 包大小Packet size 字节byte R×1e6×P/1000/8R×1e6×P/1000/8 PDBPDB msms 3030 可任选地评估其它值Other values may optionally be evaluated 包成功率Packet success rate % 9999 99.999.9

5.1.2.3选项3(FOV+全向视图)5.1.2.3 Option 3 (FOV + Omnidirectional View)

对于选项3,建模以下两个流。For option 3, model the following two flows.

-流1:FOV- Stream 1: FOV

-流2:全向视图流- Stream 2: Omnidirectional view stream

****************引述结束*********************************END OF QUOTE*****************

不连续接收(DRX)在TS 38.321(例如,[3]3GPP TS 38.321V17.0.0,“NR,媒体接入控制(MAC)协议规范”)中如下指定:Discontinuous Reception (DRX) is specified in TS 38.321 (e.g., [3] 3GPP TS 38.321 V17.0.0, “NR, Medium Access Control (MAC) Protocol Specification”) as follows:

****************引述开始[3]******************************** Quote starts [3]****************

5.7不连续接收(DRX)5.7 Discontinuous Reception (DRX)

MAC实体可由RRC利用DRX功能配置,其中所述DRX功能针对MAC实体的C-RNTI、CI-RNTI、CS-RNTI、INT-RNTI、SFI-RNTI、SP-CSI-RNTI、TPC-PUCCH-RNTI、TPC-PUSCH-RNTI、TPC-SRS-RNTI、AI-RNTI、SL-RNTI、SLCS-RNTI和SL半静态调度V-RNTI控制UE的PDCCH监视活动。当使用DRX操作时,MAC实体将还根据本规范的其它条款中存在的要求监视PDCCH。当处于RRC_CONNECTED时,如果DRX经配置,那么对于所有已激活服务小区,MAC实体可使用此章节中所指定的DRX操作不连续地监视PDCCH;否则,MAC实体将如TS 38.213[6]中所指定监视PDCCH。The MAC entity may be configured by RRC with DRX functionality, wherein the DRX functionality controls the UE's PDCCH monitoring activity for the MAC entity's C-RNTI, CI-RNTI, CS-RNTI, INT-RNTI, SFI-RNTI, SP-CSI-RNTI, TPC-PUCCH-RNTI, TPC-PUSCH-RNTI, TPC-SRS-RNTI, AI-RNTI, SL-RNTI, SLCS-RNTI and SL semi-persistent scheduling V-RNTI. When using DRX operation, the MAC entity shall also monitor the PDCCH in accordance with the requirements present in other clauses of this specification. When in RRC_CONNECTED, if DRX is configured, then for all activated serving cells, the MAC entity may monitor the PDCCH discontinuously using the DRX operation specified in this section; otherwise, the MAC entity shall monitor the PDCCH as specified in TS 38.213 [6].

RRC通过配置以下参数来控制DRX操作:RRC controls DRX operation by configuring the following parameters:

-drx-onDurationTimer:DRX循环开始时的持续时间;-drx-onDurationTimer: duration when the DRX cycle starts;

-drx-SlotOffset:在启动drx-onDurationTimer之前的延迟;-drx-SlotOffset: Delay before starting drx-onDurationTimer;

-drx-InactivityTimer:在PDCCH指示MAC实体的新UL或DL传送的PDCCH时机之后的持续时间;-drx-InactivityTimer: duration after the PDCCH opportunity where the PDCCH indicates a new UL or DL transmission by the MAC entity;

-drx-RetransmissionTimerDL(每DL HARQ过程,除了广播过程以外):直到接收到DL重新传送为止的最大持续时间;-drx-RetransmissionTimerDL (per DL HARQ process, except broadcast process): maximum duration until a DL retransmission is received;

-drx-RetransmissionTimerUL(每UL HARQ过程):直到接收到UL重新传送的准予为止的最大持续时间;-drx-RetransmissionTimerUL (per UL HARQ process): maximum duration until a grant for UL retransmission is received;

-drx-LongCycleStartOffset:长DRX循环和定义长和短DRX循环开始的子帧的drx-StartOffset;-drx-LongCycleStartOffset: long DRX cycle and drx-StartOffset of the subframe that defines the start of the long and short DRX cycles;

-drx-ShortCycle(任选的):短DRX循环;-drx-ShortCycle (optional): short DRX cycle;

-drx-ShortCycleTimer(任选的):UE将遵循短DRX周期的持续时间;-drx-ShortCycleTimer (optional): duration of the short DRX cycle that the UE will follow;

-drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL(每DL HARQ过程,除了广播过程以外):在MAC实体预期HARQ重新传送的DL指派之前的最小持续时间;-drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL (per DL HARQ process, except broadcast process): minimum duration before the MAC entity expects a DL assignment of a HARQ retransmission;

-drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL(每UL HARQ过程):在MAC实体预期UL HARQ重新传送准予之前的最小持续时间;-drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL (per UL HARQ process): minimum duration before the MAC entity expects a UL HARQ retransmission grant;

-drx-RetransmissionTimerSL(每SL HARQ过程):直到接收到SL重新传送的准予为止的最大持续时间;-drx-RetransmissionTimerSL (per SL HARQ process): maximum duration until a grant for SL retransmission is received;

-drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL(每SL HARQ过程):在MAC实体预期SL重新传送准予之前的最小持续时间;-drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL (per SL HARQ process): minimum duration before the MAC entity expects a SL retransmission grant;

-ps-Wakeup(任选的):在监视但未检测到DCP的情况下启动相关联drx-onDurationTimer的配置;-ps-Wakeup (optional): Starts the configuration of the associated drx-onDurationTimer when a DCP is monitored but not detected;

-ps-TransmitOtherPeriodicCSI(任选的):在DCP被配置但相关联drx-onDurationTimer未启动的情况下在由drx-onDurationTimer指示的持续时间期间报告PUCCH上并非L1-RSRP的周期性CSI的配置;-ps-TransmitOtherPeriodicCSI (optional): configuration to report periodic CSI other than L1-RSRP on PUCCH during the duration indicated by drx-onDurationTimer if DCP is configured but the associated drx-onDurationTimer is not started;

-ps-TransmitPeriodicL1-RSRP(任选的):在DCP被配置但相关联drx-onDurationTimer未启动的情况下在由drx-onDurationTimer指示的持续时间期间传送PUCCH上为L1-RSRP的周期性CSI的配置;-ps-TransmitPeriodicL1-RSRP (optional): configuration to transmit periodic CSI for L1-RSRP on PUCCH during the duration indicated by drx-onDurationTimer if DCP is configured but the associated drx-onDurationTimer is not started;

-uplinkHARQ-Mode(任选的):设定每UL HARQ过程的HARQ模式的配置。-uplinkHARQ-Mode (optional): sets the configuration of the HARQ mode per UL HARQ process.

MAC实体的服务小区可在具有单独DRX参数的两个DRX群组中由RRC配置。当RRC未配置次级DRX群组时,仅存在一个DRX群组且所有服务小区属于所述一个DRX群组。当配置两个DRX群组时,每一服务小区被唯一地指派给所述两个群组中的任一个。为每一DRX群组单独配置的DRX参数是:drx-onDurationTimer,drx-InactivityTimer。对DRX群组共同的DRX参数是:drx-SlotOffset、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL、drx-LongCycleStartOffset、drx-ShortCycle(任选的)、drx-ShortCycleTimer(任选的)、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL和uplinkHARQ-Mode(任选的)。The service cells of the MAC entity can be configured by RRC in two DRX groups with separate DRX parameters. When RRC does not configure a secondary DRX group, there is only one DRX group and all service cells belong to the one DRX group. When two DRX groups are configured, each service cell is uniquely assigned to either of the two groups. The DRX parameters configured separately for each DRX group are: drx-onDurationTimer, drx-InactivityTimer. The DRX parameters common to the DRX groups are: drx-SlotOffset, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL, drx-LongCycleStartOffset, drx-ShortCycle (optional), drx-ShortCycleTimer (optional), drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL and uplinkHARQ-Mode (optional).

当配置DRX时,用于DRX群组中的服务小区的作用时间包含以下时候的时间:When DRX is configured, the action time for the serving cells in the DRX group includes the following times:

-为DRX群组配置的drx-onDurationTimer或drx-InactivityTimer处于运行中;或- the drx-onDurationTimer or drx-InactivityTimer configured for the DRX group is running; or

-drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerSL在DRX群组中的任何服务小区上处于运行中;或-drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerSL is running on any serving cell in the DRX group; or

-ra-ContentionResolutionTimer(如条款5.1.5中所描述)或msgB-ResponseWindow(如条款5.1.4a中所描述)处于运行中;或-ra-ContentionResolutionTimer (as described in clause 5.1.5) or msgB-ResponseWindow (as described in clause 5.1.4a) is running; or

-调度请求在PUCCH上发送且是待决的(如条款5.4.4或5.22.15中所描述)。如果此服务小区是非陆地网络的部分,那么在第一调度请求传送加上UE-gNB RTT之后启动作用时间;或- A Scheduling Request is sent on PUCCH and is pending (as described in clauses 5.4.4 or 5.22.15). If this serving cell is part of a non-terrestrial network, then the action time starts after the first Scheduling Request transmission plus the UE-gNB RTT; or

-在针对在基于竞争的随机接入前导码当中未被MAC实体选择的随机接入前导码的随机接入响应的成功接收之后未接收到指示经寻址到MAC实体的C-RNTI的新传送的PDCCH(如条款5.1.4和5.1.4a中所描述)。- No new transmitted PDCCH indicating a C-RNTI addressed to the MAC entity is received after successful reception of a random access response for a random access preamble that was not selected by the MAC entity among contention-based random access preambles (as described in clauses 5.1.4 and 5.1.4a).

当配置DRX时,MAC实体将:When DRX is configured, the MAC entity shall:

1>如果MAC PDU在已配置下行链路指派中接收,那么:1> If a MAC PDU is received in a configured downlink assignment, then:

2>在载送DL HARQ反馈的对应传送结束之后在第一符号中启动对应HARQ过程的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL;2> Start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL of the corresponding HARQ process in the first symbol after the corresponding transmission carrying DL HARQ feedback ends;

[…][…]

2>停止对应HARQ过程的drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。2> Stop the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL corresponding to the HARQ process.

1>如果MAC PDU在已配置上行链路准予中传送且未从下部层接收到LBT故障指示:1> If a MAC PDU is transmitted in a configured uplink grant and no LBT failure indication is received from lower layers:

2>如果此服务小区未配置有uplinkHARQ-Mode;或2> If the serving cell is not configured with uplinkHARQ-Mode; or

2>如果此服务小区被配置有uplinkHARQ-Mode,且对应HARQ过程被配置为HARQ模式A,那么:2> If the serving cell is configured with uplinkHARQ-Mode and the corresponding HARQ process is configured as HARQ mode A, then:

3>在对应PUSCH传送的第一传送(集束内)结束之后在第一符号中启动对应HARQ过程的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;3> Start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL of the corresponding HARQ process in the first symbol after the first transmission (within the cluster) of the corresponding PUSCH transmission ends;

2>在对应PUSCH传送的第一传送(集束内)处停止对应HARQ过程的drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。2> Stop the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL of the corresponding HARQ process at the first transmission (within the bundle) of the corresponding PUSCH transmission.

1>如果drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL到期:1> If drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL expires:

2>如果对应HARQ过程的数据未被成功地解码:2> If the data corresponding to the HARQ process is not successfully decoded:

3>在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL到期之后在第一符号中启动对应HARQ过程的drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。3> Start the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL of the corresponding HARQ process in the first symbol after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL expires.

1>如果drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL到期:1> If drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL expires:

2>在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL到期之后在第一符号中启动对应HARQ过程的drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。2> Start the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL of the corresponding HARQ process in the first symbol after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL expires.

1>如果drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL到期:1> If drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL expires:

2>如果在PUCCH上传送用于对应HARQ过程的HARQ NACK反馈;或2> if HARQ NACK feedback for the corresponding HARQ process is transmitted on PUCCH; or

2>如果由于UL/SL优先级排序而未在PUCCH上传送用于对应HARQ过程的HARQ NACK反馈:2> If HARQ NACK feedback for the corresponding HARQ process is not transmitted on PUCCH due to UL/SL prioritization:

3>在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL到期之后在第一符号中启动用于对应HARQ过程的drx-RetransmissionTimerSL。3> Start the drx-RetransmissionTimerSL for the corresponding HARQ process in the first symbol after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL expires.

2>否则,如果PUCCH资源未被配置且PSFCH被配置成用于SL准予,那么:2> Otherwise, if PUCCH resources are not configured and PSFCH is configured for SL grant, then:

3>在drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL到期之后在第一符号中启动用于对应HARQ过程的drx-RetransmissionTimerSL。3> Start the drx-RetransmissionTimerSL for the corresponding HARQ process in the first symbol after the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL expires.

注意1c:当sl-PUCCH-Config由RRC配置时,UE处置drx-RetransmissionTimerSL操作,但当sl-PUCCH-Config未配置时,PUCCH资源不以同一方式调度。NOTE 1c: When sl-PUCCH-Config is configured by RRC, the UE handles drx-RetransmissionTimerSL operation, but when sl-PUCCH-Config is not configured, PUCCH resources are not scheduled in the same way.

1>如果接收到DRX命令MAC CE或长DRX命令MAC CE:1> If a DRX command MAC CE or a long DRX command MAC CE is received:

2>停止用于每一DRX群组的drx-onDurationTimer;2> Stop drx-onDurationTimer for each DRX group;

2>停止用于每一DRX群组的drx-InactivityTimer。2> Stop the drx-InactivityTimer for each DRX group.

1>如果用于DRX群组的drx-InactivityTimer到期:1> If the drx-InactivityTimer for the DRX group expires:

2>如果短DRX循环被配置:2> If short DRX cycle is configured:

3>在drx-InactivityTimer的到期之后在第一符号中启动或重新启动用于此DRX群组的drx-ShortCycleTimer;3> Start or restart the drx-ShortCycleTimer for this DRX group in the first symbol after expiration of the drx-InactivityTimer;

3>使用短DRX循环用于此DRX群组。3> Use short DRX cycle for this DRX group.

2>否则:2> Otherwise:

3>使用长DRX循环用于此DRX群组。3> Use long DRX cycle for this DRX group.

1>如果接收到DRX命令MAC CE:1> If DRX command MAC CE is received:

2>如果短DRX循环被配置:2> If short DRX cycle is configured:

3>在DRX命令MAC CE接收的结束之后在第一符号中启动或重新启动用于每一DRX群组的drx-ShortCycleTimer;3> Start or restart the drx-ShortCycleTimer for each DRX group in the first symbol after the end of DRX command MAC CE reception;

3>使用短DRX循环用于每一DRX群组。3> Use short DRX cycle for each DRX group.

2>否则:2> Otherwise:

3>使用长DRX循环用于每一DRX群组。3> Use a long DRX cycle for each DRX group.

1>如果用于DRX群组的drx-ShortCycleTimer到期:1> If the drx-ShortCycleTimer for the DRX group expires:

2>使用长DRX循环用于此DRX群组。2> Use long DRX cycle for this DRX group.

1>如果接收到长DRX命令MAC CE:1> If a long DRX command MAC CE is received:

2>停止用于每一DRX群组的drx-ShortCycleTimer;2> Stop the drx-ShortCycleTimer for each DRX group;

2>使用长DRX循环用于每一DRX群组。2> Use a long DRX cycle for each DRX group.

1>如果使用短DRX循环用于DRX群组,并且[(SFN×10)+子帧号]模(drx-ShortCycle)=(drx-StartOffset)模(drx-ShortCycle):1> If a short DRX cycle is used for the DRX group, and [(SFN×10)+subframe number] modulo (drx-ShortCycle)=(drx-StartOffset) modulo (drx-ShortCycle):

2>在从子帧的开始的drx-SlotOffset之后启动用于此DRX群组的drx-onDurationTimer。2> Start the drx-onDurationTimer for this DRX group after drx-SlotOffset from the start of the subframe.

1>如果使用长DRX循环用于DRX群组,且[(SFN×10)+子帧号]模(drx-LongCycle)=drx-StartOffset:1> If a long DRX cycle is used for the DRX group, and [(SFN×10)+subframe number] modulo (drx-LongCycle)=drx-StartOffset:

2>如果如TS 38.213[6]条款10.3中所指定为作用中DL BWP配置DCP监视:2> If DCP monitoring is configured for the active DL BWP as specified in TS 38.213 [6] clause 10.3:

3>如果从下部层接收到与当前DRX循环相关联的指示启动drx-onDurationTimer的DCP指示,如TS 38.213[6]中所指定;或3> if a DCP indication is received from lower layers indicating to start the drx-onDurationTimer associated with the current DRX cycle, as specified in TS 38.213 [6]; or

3>如果如TS 38.213[6]中所指定,与当前DRX循环相关联的在时域中的所有DCP时机在作用时间中发生,考虑在最后DCP时机的开始之前4ms,或在测量间隙期间,或当在ra-ResponseWindow处于运行中时MAC实体在由C-RNTI标识的SpCell的recoverySearchSpaceId指示的搜索空间上监视PDCCH传送时所接收的准予/指派/DRX命令MAC CE/长DRX命令MAC CE和发送的调度请求(如条款5.1.4中所指定);或3> If all DCP opportunities in the time domain associated with the current DRX cycle occur in the active time as specified in TS 38.213 [6], consider the Grant/Assignment/DRX Command MAC CE/Long DRX Command MAC CE received and the Scheduling Request sent 4 ms before the start of the last DCP opportunity, or during a Measurement Gap, or when the MAC entity monitors PDCCH transmissions on the search space indicated by recoverySearchSpaceId of the SpCell identified by the C-RNTI while the ra-ResponseWindow is in operation (as specified in clause 5.1.4); or

3>如果ps-Wakeup被配置有值真且未从下部层接收到与当前DRX循环相关联的DCP指示:3> If ps-Wakeup is configured with a value of true and no DCP indication associated with the current DRX cycle is received from lower layers:

4>在从子帧开始的drx-SlotOffset之后启动drx-onDurationTimer。4> Start drx-onDurationTimer after drx-SlotOffset from the start of the subframe.

2>否则:2> Otherwise:

3>在从子帧的开始的drx-SlotOffset之后启动用于此DRX群组的drx-onDurationTimer。3> Start the drx-onDurationTimer for this DRX group after drx-SlotOffset from the start of the subframe.

注2:在小区群组中跨越载波的未对准SFN的情况下,SpCell的SFN用于计算DRX持续时间。NOTE 2: In case of unaligned SFN across carriers in a cell group, the SFN of the SpCell is used to calculate the DRX duration.

1>如果DRX群组处于作用时间:1> If the DRX group is in the active time:

2>监视在此DRX群组中的服务小区上的PDCCH,如TS 38.213[6]中所指定;2> monitor the PDCCH on the serving cells in this DRX group as specified in TS 38.213 [6];

2>如果PDCCH指示DL传送;或2> if PDCCH indicates DL transmission; or

2>如果PDCCH指示单次HARQ反馈,如TS 38.213[6]的条款9.1.4中所指定;或2> if the PDCCH indicates single HARQ feedback, as specified in clause 9.1.4 of TS 38.213 [6]; or

2>如果PDCCH指示HARQ反馈的重新传送,如TS 38.213[6]的条款9.1.5中所指定:2> If the PDCCH indicates retransmission of HARQ feedback, as specified in clause 9.1.5 of TS 38.213 [6]:

3>在承载DL HARQ反馈的对应传送结束之后,启动或重新启动用于对应HARQ过程的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL,所述HARQ过程的HARQ反馈报告在第一符号中;3> after the corresponding transmission carrying DL HARQ feedback ends, start or restart the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL for the corresponding HARQ process, the HARQ feedback report of which is in the first symbol;

注3:当HARQ反馈被指示不适用k1值的PDSCH到HARQ反馈时序推迟时,如TS 38.213[6]中所指定,发送DL HARQ反馈的对应传送机会在请求HARQ-ACK反馈的稍后PDCCH中指示。NOTE 3: When HARQ feedback is deferred by PDSCH to HARQ feedback timing indicating that k1 value is not applicable, as specified in TS 38.213 [6], the corresponding transmission opportunity for sending DL HARQ feedback is indicated in a later PDCCH requesting HARQ-ACK feedback.

3>停止用于对应HARQ过程的drx-RetransmissionTimerDL,其中所述HARQ过程的HARQ反馈被报告。3> Stop the drx-RetransmissionTimerDL for the corresponding HARQ process, where the HARQ feedback of the HARQ process is reported.

3>如果PDSCH到HARQ反馈时序指示不适用k1值,如TS 38.213[6]中所指定:3> If the PDSCH to HARQ feedback timing indicates that the k1 value is not applicable, as specified in TS 38.213 [6]:

4>在用于对应HARQ过程的(集束内的最后)PDSCH传送(的结束)之后的第一符号中启动drx-RetransmissionTimerDL。4> Start drx-RetransmissionTimerDL in the first symbol after (the end of) the (last) PDSCH transmission (in the bundle) for the corresponding HARQ process.

2>如果PDCCH指示UL传送:2> If PDCCH indicates UL transmission:

3>如果此服务小区未配置有uplinkHARQ-Mode;或3> If the serving cell is not configured with uplinkHARQ-Mode; or

3>如果此服务小区被配置有uplinkHARQ-Mode,且对应HARQ过程被配置为HARQ模式A,那么:3> If the serving cell is configured with uplinkHARQ-Mode and the corresponding HARQ process is configured as HARQ mode A, then:

4>在对应PUSCH传送的第一传送(集束内)结束之后在第一符号中启动对应HARQ过程的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL;4> Start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL of the corresponding HARQ process in the first symbol after the first transmission (in the cluster) of the corresponding PUSCH transmission ends;

3>停止对应HARQ过程的drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。3> Stop the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL corresponding to the HARQ process.

2>如果PDCCH指示SL传送:2> If PDCCH indicates SL transmission:

3>如果配置PUCCH资源,那么:3> If PUCCH resources are configured, then:

4>在承载SL HARQ反馈的对应PUCCH传送结束之后在第一符号中启动用于对应HARQ过程的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL;或4> starting the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL for the corresponding HARQ process in the first symbol after the corresponding PUCCH transmission carrying the SL HARQ feedback ends; or

4>当由于UL/SL优先级排序而未传送PUCCH时,在用于SL HARQ反馈的对应PSFCH资源的末端后的第一符号中启动用于对应HARQ过程的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL;4> When PUCCH is not transmitted due to UL/SL prioritization, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL for the corresponding HARQ process is started in the first symbol after the end of the corresponding PSFCH resource for SL HARQ feedback;

4>停止对应HARQ过程的drx-RetransmissionTimerSL。4> Stop the drx-RetransmissionTimerSL corresponding to the HARQ process.

3>否则:3> Otherwise:

4>在PDCCH场合结束之后,在第一符号处启动用于对应HARQ过程的drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL;4> After the PDCCH event ends, start the drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerSL for the corresponding HARQ process at the first symbol;

4>停止对应HARQ过程的drx-RetransmissionTimerSL。4> Stop the drx-RetransmissionTimerSL corresponding to the HARQ process.

2>如果PDCCH指示此DRX群组中的服务小区上的新传送(DL、UL或SL):2> If PDCCH indicates a new transmission (DL, UL or SL) on a serving cell in this DRX group:

3>在PDCCH接收结束之后在第一符号中启动或重新启动用于此DRX群组的drx-InactivityTimer。3> Start or restart the drx-InactivityTimer for this DRX group in the first symbol after the end of PDCCH reception.

注意3a:指示SPS的激活、经配置准予类型2或经配置准予类型2的经配置侧链路准予的PDCCH被视为指示新传送。NOTE 3a: A PDCCH indicating activation of SPS, a configured grant type 2, or a configured sidelink grant of configured grant type 2 is considered to indicate a new transmission.

注意3b:如果PDCCH接收包含来自对应搜索空间的两个PDCCH候选者,如38.213中的条款10.1中所描述,那么在稍后结束的PDCCH候选者结束之后,在第一符号中启动或重新启动用于此DRX群组的drx-InactivityTimer。NOTE 3b: If a PDCCH reception contains two PDCCH candidates from the corresponding search space, as described in clause 10.1 in 38.213, then the drx-InactivityTimer for this DRX group is started or restarted in the first symbol after the later ending PDCCH candidate ends.

2>如果HARQ过程接收到下行链路反馈信息且指示确认:2> If the HARQ process receives downlink feedback information and indicates confirmation:

3>停止对应HARQ过程的drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。3> Stop the drx-RetransmissionTimerUL corresponding to the HARQ process.

1>如果如TS 38.213[6]条款10.3中所指定为作用中DL BWP配置DCP监视;以及1> if DCP monitoring is configured for the active DL BWP as specified in clause 10.3 of TS 38.213 [6]; and

1>如果当前符号n在drx-onDurationTimer持续时间内发生;以及1> If the current symbol n occurs within the duration of drx-onDurationTimer; and

1>如果如此条款中所指定,与当前DRX循环相关联的drx-onDurationTimer未启动:1> If the drx-onDurationTimer associated with the current DRX cycle is not started as specified in this clause:

2>如果在评估此条款中所指定的所有DRX作用时间条件时,考虑到在符号n之前4ms所接收的准予/指派/DRX命令MAC CE/长DRX命令MAC CE和发送的调度请求,MAC实体将不处于作用时间,那么:2> If, while evaluating all DRX action time conditions specified in this clause, the MAC entity will not be in action time, taking into account the Grant/Assignment/DRX Command MAC CE/Long DRX Command MAC CE received 4 ms before symbol n and the Scheduling Request sent, then:

3>不传送周期性SRS和半持久SRS,如TS 38.214[7]中所定义;3> Periodic SRS and semi-persistent SRS are not transmitted, as defined in TS 38.214 [7];

3>不报告配置在PUSCH上的半持久CSI;3> Do not report the semi-persistent CSI configured on PUSCH;

3>如果ps-TransmitPeriodicL1-RSRP未被配置成具有值真:3> If ps-TransmitPeriodicL1-RSRP is not configured with a value of true:

4>不报告作为PUCCH上的L1-RSRP的周期性CSI。4> Periodic CSI as L1-RSRP on PUCCH is not reported.

3>如果ps-TransmitOtherPeriodicCSI未被配置成具有值真:3> If ps-TransmitOtherPeriodicCSI is not configured with a value of true:

4>不报告并非PUCCH上的L1-RSRP的周期性CSI。4> Do not report periodic CSI other than L1-RSRP on PUCCH.

1>否则:1> Otherwise:

2>在当前符号n中,如果在评估此条款中所指定的所有DRX作用时间条件时,考虑到在符号n之前4ms所接收的在此DRX群组中的服务小区上调度的准予/指派和DRX命令MACCE/长DRX命令MAC CE和发送的调度请求,DRX群组将不处于作用时间;以及2> In the current symbol n, if, when evaluating all DRX action time conditions specified in this clause, the grant/assignment and DRX command MAC CE/long DRX command MAC CE scheduled on the serving cells in this DRX group received 4 ms before symbol n and the scheduling request sent, the DRX group shall not be in action time; and

2>在当前符号n中,如果未配置allowCSI-SRS-Tx-MulticastDRX-Active,或在评估条款5.7b中所指定的所有DRX作用时间条件时,考虑到在符号n之前4ms所接收的用于MBS多播的多播分配和DRX命令MAC CE,全部多播DRX将不处于作用时间,那么:2> In the current symbol n, if allowCSI-SRS-Tx-MulticastDRX-Active is not configured, or when evaluating all DRX action time conditions specified in clause 5.7b, taking into account the multicast allocation and DRX command MAC CE for MBS multicast received 4 ms before symbol n, all multicast DRX will not be in action time, then:

3>不传送在此DRX群组中在TS 38.214[7]中定义的周期性SRS和半持久SRS;3> Periodic SRS and semi-persistent SRS defined in TS 38.214 [7] are not transmitted in this DRX group;

3>不报告PUCCH上的CSI和在此DRX群组中配置在PUSCH上的半持久CSI。3> CSI on PUCCH and semi-persistent CSI configured on PUSCH in this DRX group are not reported.

2>如果CSI掩蔽(csi-Mask)由上部层设置,那么:2> If CSI mask (csi-Mask) is set by the upper layer, then:

3>在当前符号n中,如果在评估此条款中所指定的所有DRX作用时间条件时,考虑到在符号n之前4ms所接收的在此DRX群组中的服务小区上调度的准予/指派和DRX命令MACCE/长DRX命令MAC CE,DRX群组的drx-onDurationTimer将不在运行;以及3> In the current symbol n, if, in evaluating all DRX action time conditions specified in this clause, the grant/assignment and DRX command MAC CE/long DRX command MAC CE scheduled on the serving cell in this DRX group received 4 ms before symbol n are taken into account, the drx-onDurationTimer of the DRX group shall not be running; and

4>在此DRX群组中不报告PUCCH上的CSI。4> CSI on PUCCH is not reported in this DRX group.

注4:如果UE根据在TS 38.213[6]条款9.2.5中指定的程序多路复用配置在PUCCH上的CSI与其它重叠UCI,且与其它UCI多路复用的此CSI将在其中配置此PUCCH的DRX群组的DRX作用时间外部或在CSI掩蔽由上部层设置的情况下在其中配置此PUCCH的DRX群组的接通持续时间周期外部的PUCCH资源上报告,那么由UE实施方案决定是否报告与其它UCI多路复用的此CSI。NOTE 4: If the UE multiplexes CSI configured on PUCCH with other overlapping UCI according to the procedure specified in clause 9.2.5 of TS 38.213 [6], and this CSI multiplexed with other UCI is to be reported on PUCCH resources outside the DRX action time of the DRX group in which this PUCCH is configured or outside the On Duration period of the DRX group in which this PUCCH is configured if CSI masking is set by upper layers, it is up to the UE implementation to decide whether to report this CSI multiplexed with other UCI.

无论MAC实体是否在DRX群组中的服务小区上监视PDCCH,MAC实体都在预期此情况时在DRX群组中的服务小区上传送HARQ反馈、PUSCH上的非周期性CSI,以及TS 38.214[7]中限定的非周期性SRS。Regardless of whether the MAC entity monitors the PDCCH on the serving cells in the DRX group, the MAC entity transmits HARQ feedback, aperiodic CSI on the PUSCH, and aperiodic SRS as defined in TS 38.214 [7] on the serving cells in the DRX group in anticipation of this situation.

如果PDCCH时机不完整(例如,作用时间在PDCCH时机中间开始或结束),那么MAC实体不需要监视PDCCH。If the PDCCH opportunity is incomplete (eg, the active time starts or ends in the middle of a PDCCH opportunity), then the MAC entity does not need to monitor the PDCCH.

****************引述结束*********************************END OF QUOTE*****************

DRX的配置在TS 38.331(例如,[4]3GPP TS 38.331V17.0.0,“NR,无线电资源控制(RRC)协议规范”)中如下指定:The configuration of DRX is specified in TS 38.331 (e.g., [4] 3GPP TS 38.331 V17.0.0, “NR, Radio Resource Control (RRC) Protocol Specification”) as follows:

****************引述开始[4]******************************** Quote starts [4]****************

-DRX-Config-DRX-Config

IEDRX-Config用于配置DRX相关参数。IEDRX-Config is used to configure DRX related parameters.

DRX-Config信息元素DRX-Config Information Elements

-DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup-DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup

IEDRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup用以配置用于第二DRX群组的DRX相关参数,如TS38.321[3]中指定。IEDRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup is used to configure DRX related parameters for the second DRX group, as specified in TS38.321 [3].

DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup信息元素DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup Information Element

****************下一引述*********************************Next Quote*****************

-MAC-CellGroupConfig IEMAC-CellGroupConfig用于配置小区群组的MAC参数,包含DRX。MAC-CellGroupConfig信息元素-MAC-CellGroupConfig IEMAC-CellGroupConfig is used to configure the MAC parameters of the cell group, including DRX. MAC-CellGroupConfig information element

****************引述结束*********************************END OF QUOTE*****************

SRS和CSI报告的激活/去激活在TS 38.321(例如,[3]3GPP TS 38.321V17.0.0,“NR,媒体接入控制(MAC)协议规范”)中如下指定:The activation/deactivation of SRS and CSI reporting is specified in TS 38.321 (e.g., [3] 3GPP TS 38.321 V17.0.0, “NR, Medium Access Control (MAC) Protocol Specification”) as follows:

****************引述开始[3]******************************** Quote starts [3]****************

5.18.6PUCCH上的半持久CSI报告的激活/撤销激活5.18.6 Activation/deactivation of semi-persistent CSI reporting on PUCCH

网络可以通过在条款6.1.3.16中描述的PUCCH激活/撤销激活MAC CE上发送SPCSI报告而在服务小区的PUCCH上激活和撤销激活已配置半持久CSI报告。在通过上部层的(重新)配置后和在具有同步的重新配置之后,初始撤销激活PUCCH上的经配置半持久CSI报告。The network may activate and deactivate configured semi-persistent CSI reporting on the PUCCH of the serving cell by sending SPCSI reports on the PUCCH activation/deactivation MAC CE described in clause 6.1.3.16. Configured semi-persistent CSI reporting on PUCCH is initially deactivated after (re)configuration by upper layers and after reconfiguration with synchronization.

MAC实体将:The MAC entity will:

1>如果MAC实体在服务小区上的PUCCH激活/撤销激活MAC CE上接收到SP CSI报告:1> If the MAC entity receives the SP CSI report on the PUCCH activation/deactivation MAC CE on the serving cell:

2>向下部层指示关于PUCCH激活/撤销激活MAC CE上的SP CSI报告的信息。2> Indicates to lower layers information about PUCCH activation/deactivation of SP CSI reporting on MAC CE.

5.18.7半持久SRS的激活/撤销激活和SP/AP SRS的空间关系的指示5.18.7 Activation/deactivation of semi-persistent SRS and indication of spatial relationship of SP/AP SRS

网络可通过发送条款6.1.3.17中描述的SP SRS激活/撤销激活MAC CE来激活和撤销激活服务小区的经配置半持久SRS资源集。网络还可通过发送条款6.1.3.26中描述的增强型SP/AP SRS空间关系指示MAC CE而激活和撤销激活服务小区的经配置半持久SRS资源集。在通过上部层的(重新)配置后和在具有同步的重新配置之后,初始撤销激活经配置半持久SRS资源集。网络可通过发送条款6.1.3.26中描述的增强型SP/AP SRS空间关系指示MAC CE而指示服务小区的SP/AP SRS资源集的空间关系信息。The network may activate and deactivate the configured semi-persistent SRS resource set of the serving cell by sending the SP SRS Activation/Deactivation MAC CE described in clause 6.1.3.17. The network may also activate and deactivate the configured semi-persistent SRS resource set of the serving cell by sending the Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relationship Indication MAC CE described in clause 6.1.3.26. The configured semi-persistent SRS resource set is initially deactivated after (re)configuration by upper layers and after reconfiguration with synchronization. The network may indicate the spatial relationship information of the SP/AP SRS resource set of the serving cell by sending the Enhanced SP/AP SRS Spatial Relationship Indication MAC CE described in clause 6.1.3.26.

MAC实体将:The MAC entity will:

1>如果MAC实体在服务小区上接收到SP SRS激活/撤销激活MAC CE,那么:1> If the MAC entity receives the SP SRS activation/deactivation MAC CE on the serving cell, then:

2>向下部层指示关于SP SRS激活/撤销激活MAC CE的信息。2> Indicates information about SP SRS activation/deactivation MAC CE to lower layers.

1>如果MAC实体在服务小区上接收到增强型SP/AP SRS空间关系指示MAC CE,那么:1> If the MAC entity receives an enhanced SP/AP SRS spatial relationship indication MAC CE on the serving cell, then:

2>向下部层指示关于增强型SP/AP SRS空间关系指示MAC CE的信息。2>Indicates information about the enhanced SP/AP SRS spatial relationship indication MAC CE to the lower layer.

****************引述结束*********************************END OF QUOTE*****************

扩展现实(XR)包括不同类型的现实(例如,增强现实(AR)、混合现实(MR)、虚拟现实(VR)和内插在其中的区域)。XR可指代由计算机技术和可穿戴物产生的所有真实和虚拟组合环境以及人机交互。XR服务和/或技术可以在各种方面中应用,例如娱乐、模拟、产品设计、房地产、训练、教育和/或远程工作。在应用中,XR将具有在下行链路(DL)(例如,视频流)中具有高数据速率的准周期性业务(具有可能的抖动)和在上行链路(UL)(例如,姿态/控制更新)中的频繁业务。XR业务将具有严格的包延迟预算(PDB)和可变XR数据速率。为了更好地支持新无线电(NR)中的此类XR服务,介绍用于XR的研究项目([1]RP-213587,“关于用于NR的XR增强的研究”)。关于XR的更多细节可参见TR 38.838([2]3GPP TR 38.838V17.0.0,“关于用于NR的扩展现实(XR)评估的研究”)。Extended reality (XR) includes different types of reality (e.g., augmented reality (AR), mixed reality (MR), virtual reality (VR), and areas interpolated therein). XR may refer to all real and virtual combined environments and human-computer interactions generated by computer technology and wearables. XR services and/or technologies can be applied in various aspects, such as entertainment, simulation, product design, real estate, training, education, and/or remote work. In applications, XR will have quasi-periodic traffic (with possible jitter) with high data rates in the downlink (DL) (e.g., video streaming) and frequent traffic in the uplink (UL) (e.g., gesture/control updates). XR traffic will have strict packet delay budgets (PDBs) and variable XR data rates. In order to better support such XR services in new radio (NR), a research project for XR is introduced ([1] RP-213587, “Research on XR Enhancements for NR”). For more details on XR, see TR 38.838 ([2] 3GPP TR 38.838 V17.0.0, “Study on evaluation of extended reality (XR) for NR”).

另外,用于XR的用户设备(UE)预期是移动的和小规模的,其可具有有限的电池电力资源。可能需要当运行XR服务时减少总体UE功率消耗,且因此延长UE的电池使用寿命。基于系统信息(SI)([1]RP-213587)和TR([2]3GPP TR 38.838V17.0.0),为了适应XR服务特性(例如,周期性、多个流、抖动、时延、可靠性),可能需要对物理下行链路控制信道(PDCCH)监视和/或(C-)不连续接收(DRX)机制的增强。为了减少PDCCH监视且因此减少用于XR服务的功率消耗,可能需要适当地对准接通持续时间和/或DRX循环与XR DL业务到达时间(例如,具有抖动)。In addition, user equipment (UE) for XR is expected to be mobile and small-scale, which may have limited battery power resources. It may be necessary to reduce the overall UE power consumption when running XR services and thereby extend the battery life of the UE. Based on system information (SI) ([1] RP-213587) and TR ([2] 3GPP TR 38.838 V17.0.0), in order to adapt to XR service characteristics (e.g., periodicity, multiple streams, jitter, latency, reliability), enhancements to the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) monitoring and/or (C-) discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism may be required. In order to reduce PDCCH monitoring and thereby reduce power consumption for XR services, it may be necessary to appropriately align the on-duration and/or DRX cycle with the XR DL service arrival time (e.g., with jitter).

另一方面,基于[3]3GPP TS 38.321V17.0.0,网络(NW)可对UE配置一个或两个DRX群组。媒体接入控制(MAC)实体的服务小区可以在一个或两个DRX群组中配置。当配置两个DRX群组时,MAC实体的每一服务小区被配置/指派到所述两个群组中的任一个。UE可以接收与接通持续时间(时间)、DRX循环、不作用时间和/或重新传送时间相关的DRX配置。如果UE被配置有DRX功能性,那么UE在无线电资源控制(RRC)连接模式中使用DRX操作不连续地监视PDCCH。On the other hand, based on [3] 3GPP TS 38.321 V17.0.0, the network (NW) may configure one or two DRX groups for the UE. The service cells of the media access control (MAC) entity may be configured in one or two DRX groups. When two DRX groups are configured, each service cell of the MAC entity is configured/assigned to either of the two groups. The UE may receive a DRX configuration related to the on-duration (time), DRX cycle, inactive time and/or retransmission time. If the UE is configured with DRX functionality, the UE monitors the PDCCH discontinuously using DRX operation in radio resource control (RRC) connected mode.

用于接通持续时间(时间)(例如,用于DRX群组)的DRX配置可以是和/或可以包括接通持续时间的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)。接通持续时间的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)可以是接通持续时间定时器(由其表示和/或指代)。到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)可以应用于接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)的启动。UE可以针对每一DRX循环,在到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)之后启动接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。UE可以从DRX循环的子帧的开始,在到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)之后启动接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。UE可以当接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)处于运行中时监视PDCCH。接通持续时间可以是当接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)处于运行中时的持续时间。贯穿本公开,“接通持续时间”可以由“接通持续时间”、“DRX接通持续时间”和/或“接通持续时间周期”指代、补充和/或代替。The DRX configuration for the on-duration (time) (e.g., for a DRX group) may be and/or may include a length/duration of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or a start offset to the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset). The length/duration of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) may be (represented by and/or referred to by) an on-duration timer. The start offset to the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) may be applied to the start of the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer). The UE may start the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) after the start offset to the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) for each DRX cycle. The UE may start the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) after the start offset to the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) from the start of a subframe of the DRX cycle. The UE may monitor the PDCCH when an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) is running. The on-duration may be the duration when the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) is running. Throughout this disclosure, "on-duration" may be referred to, supplemented and/or replaced by "on-duration", "DRX on-duration" and/or "on-duration cycle".

用于DRX循环(例如,用于DRX群组)的DRX配置可以是和/或可以包括DRX循环的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)、DRX循环的开始偏移(例如,drx-StartOffset)和/或使用短DRX循环的持续时间(例如,drx-ShortCycleTimer)。使用短DRX循环的持续时间(例如,drx-ShortCycleTimer)可以是短循环定时器(由其表示和/或指代)。UE可以当短循环定时器(例如,drx-ShortCycleTimer)处于运行中时使用短DRX循环。UE可以当短循环定时器(例如,drx-ShortCycleTimer)不处于运行中时使用长DRX循环。UE可以当未配置短循环定时器(例如,drx-ShortCycleTimer)时使用长DRX循环。UE可以使用DRX循环的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)和DRX循环的开始偏移(例如,drx-StartOffset)基于公式确定DRX循环。DRX循环的开始可以是由预定义公式确定的子帧。drx-LongCycleStartOffset可以包括长循环的长度(例如,drx-LongCycle)和(长和/或短)DRX循环的开始偏移(例如,drx-StartOffset)。长DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-LongCycle)和/或(长和/或短)DRX循环的开始偏移(例如,drx-StartOffset)可以是或可以包括在drx-LongCycleStartOffset中。贯穿本公开,“DRX循环”可以包括和/或称为“短DRX循环”和/或“长DRX循环”。The DRX configuration for a DRX cycle (e.g., for a DRX group) may be and/or may include the length/duration of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle), the start offset of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset), and/or the duration of using a short DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycleTimer). The duration of using a short DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycleTimer) may be (represented by and/or referred to by) a short cycle timer. The UE may use a short DRX cycle when a short cycle timer (e.g., drx-ShortCycleTimer) is running. The UE may use a long DRX cycle when a short cycle timer (e.g., drx-ShortCycleTimer) is not running. The UE may use a long DRX cycle when a short cycle timer (e.g., drx-ShortCycleTimer) is not configured. The UE may determine the DRX cycle based on a formula using the length/duration of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) and the start offset of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset). The start of the DRX cycle may be a subframe determined by a predefined formula. drx-LongCycleStartOffset may include the length of the long cycle (e.g., drx-LongCycle) and the start offset of the (long and/or short) DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset). The length of the long DRX cycle (e.g., drx-LongCycle) and/or the start offset of the (long and/or short) DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset) may be or may be included in drx-LongCycleStartOffset. Throughout this disclosure, a "DRX cycle" may include and/or be referred to as a "short DRX cycle" and/or a "long DRX cycle".

用于不作用时间(例如,用于DRX群组)的DRX配置可以是和/或可以包括不作用时间的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。不作用时间的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)可以是非作用定时器(由其表示和/或指代)。UE可以当PDCCH指示新传送时启动或重新启动非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以当非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)处于运行中时监视PDCCH。不作用时间可以是当非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)处于运行中时的持续时间。The DRX configuration for the inactivity time (e.g., for a DRX group) may be and/or may include the length/duration of the inactivity time (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer). The length/duration of the inactivity time (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) may be (represented by and/or referred to by) an inactivity timer. The UE may start or restart the inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) when the PDCCH indicates a new transmission. The UE may monitor the PDCCH when the inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) is in operation. The inactivity time may be the duration when the inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) is in operation.

用于重新传送时间(例如,用于DRX群组)的DRX配置可以是和/或可以包括往返时间的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL)和/或重新传送时间的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)。HARQ=混合自动重复请求;RTT=往返时间。往返时间的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL)可以是RTT定时器(由其表示和/或指代)。重新传送时间的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)可以是重新传送定时器(由其表示和/或指代)。UE可以当指示(或执行)传送时启动RTT定时器(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL)。UE可以在RTT定时器(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL)到期后启动重新传送定时器(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)。UE可以当重新传送定时器(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)处于运行中时监视PDCCH。重新传送时间可以是当重新传送定时器(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)处于运行中时的持续时间。The DRX configuration for the retransmission time (e.g., for the DRX group) may be and/or may include the length/duration of the round trip time (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL) and/or the length/duration of the retransmission time (e.g., drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL). HARQ = Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request; RTT = Round Trip Time. The length/duration of the round trip time (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL) may be (represented by and/or referred to as) an RTT timer. The length/duration of the retransmission time (e.g., drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL) may be (represented by and/or referred to as) a retransmission timer. The UE may start an RTT timer (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL) when indicating (or performing) transmission. The UE may start a retransmission timer (e.g., drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL) after the RTT timer (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL) expires. The UE may monitor the PDCCH when the retransmission timer (e.g., drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL) is running. The retransmission time may be the duration when the retransmission timer (e.g., drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL) is running.

贯穿本公开,DRX配置可以是、可以参考和/或可以包括上述(DRX)配置、(DRX)参数和/或(DRX)定时器,例如,drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer、drx-InactivityTimer、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL,和/或drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。贯穿本公开,DRX配置可以是和/或称为DRX群组(的配置),例如,DRX-Config、DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup和/或DRX配置的信息元素。Throughout the present disclosure, a DRX configuration may be, may refer to and/or may include the above-mentioned (DRX) configuration, (DRX) parameters and/or (DRX) timers, for example, drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer, drx-InactivityTimer, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, and/or drx-RetransmissionTimerUL. Throughout the present disclosure, a DRX configuration may be and/or be referred to as a DRX group (configuration), for example, DRX-Config, DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup and/or information elements of a DRX configuration.

基于NR MAC规范(例如,[3]3GPP TS 38.321V17.0.0),UE将基于DRX循环和接通持续时间不连续地监视PDCCH。UE将进入每一DRX循环的接通持续时间。UE将基于用于接通持续时间和DRX循环的DRX配置规则地监视PDCCH持续某一时间周期。UE可以使用DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)和DRX循环的开始偏移(例如,drx-StartOffset)基于公式确定开始DRX循环的子帧。如图6所示,对于每一DRX循环(例如,第一DRX循环、第二DRX循环),UE可以在到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)之后启动接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。UE可以当接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)处于运行中时进入接通持续时间。UE将在每一DRX循环的接通持续时间中监视PDCCH。UE将不在除每一DRX循环的接通持续时间外的持续时间中监视PDCCH。Based on the NR MAC specification (e.g., [3] 3GPP TS 38.321 V17.0.0), the UE will monitor the PDCCH discontinuously based on the DRX cycle and the on-duration. The UE will enter the on-duration of each DRX cycle. The UE will monitor the PDCCH regularly for a certain time period based on the DRX configuration for the on-duration and the DRX cycle. The UE can use the length of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) and the start offset of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset) to determine the subframe to start the DRX cycle based on a formula. As shown in Figure 6, for each DRX cycle (e.g., the first DRX cycle, the second DRX cycle), the UE can start the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) after the start offset (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) to the on-duration. The UE can enter the on-duration when the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) is running. The UE shall monitor the PDCCH during the OnDuration of each DRX cycle.The UE shall not monitor the PDCCH during the duration other than the OnDuration of each DRX cycle.

贯穿本公开,以下词可以是可互换的:修改、调整、切换、重新配置和/或改变。Throughout this disclosure, the following words may be interchangeable: modify, adjust, switch, reconfigure and/or change.

可以使用指示(例如,L1/L2指示)以改变、重新配置和/或(撤销)激活DRX参数。指示可以从NW传送到UE。UE可以响应于接收到指示而改变、重新配置和/或(撤销)激活DRX参数。UE可以通过RRC消息被(预先)配置有多个DRX配置(例如,用于DRX参数)。当UE接收到(L1/L2)指示时,尚未明了UE如何确定哪一个DRX群组中的DRX参数要修改、重新配置或(撤销)激活。Indications (e.g., L1/L2 indications) may be used to change, reconfigure and/or (de)activate DRX parameters. Indications may be transmitted from the NW to the UE. The UE may change, reconfigure and/or (de)activate DRX parameters in response to receiving the indication. The UE may be (pre)configured with multiple DRX configurations (e.g., for DRX parameters) via RRC messages. When the UE receives a (L1/L2) indication, it is not yet clear how the UE determines in which DRX group the DRX parameters are to be modified, reconfigured or (de)activated.

此外,有可能当UE接收到用于DRX参数的(L1/L2)指示时与DRX参数相关联的DRX定时器处于运行中。如图16所示,UE可以接收例如由于XR业务的抖动(-4~+4ms)而改变偏移(例如,drx-StartOffset或drx-SlotOffset)以延迟接通持续时间的(L1/L2)指示。响应于接收到(L1/L2)指示,尚未明了如何处置应当定义运行drx-onDurationTimer。In addition, it is possible that the DRX timer associated with the DRX parameter is running when the UE receives the (L1/L2) indication for the DRX parameter. As shown in Figure 16, the UE may receive an (L1/L2) indication that changes the offset (e.g., drx-StartOffset or drx-SlotOffset) to delay the on-duration, for example, due to jitter (-4 to +4 ms) of the XR service. In response to receiving the (L1/L2) indication, it is not yet clear how to handle the running drx-onDurationTimer that should be defined.

为了解决问题,UE可以接收修改/调整/重新配置DRX配置(例如,用于特定/所指示DRX群组)的第一指示。第一指示不是RRC消息,例如,RRC重新配置消息(例如,RRCReconfiguration)。第一指示可以是L1和/或L2信令/指示(例如,下行链路控制信息(DCI)、MAC CE)。UE可以在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume或RRCReconfiguration)中接收一个或多个DRX配置。第一指示可以指示经预配置DRX配置或DRX参数的值。To resolve the problem, the UE may receive a first indication to modify/adjust/reconfigure the DRX configuration (e.g., for a specific/indicated DRX group). The first indication is not an RRC message, for example, an RRC reconfiguration message (e.g., RRCReconfiguration). The first indication may be L1 and/or L2 signaling/indication (e.g., downlink control information (DCI), MAC CE). The UE may receive one or more DRX configurations in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, or RRCReconfiguration). The first indication may indicate a value of a preconfigured DRX configuration or a DRX parameter.

第一指示可以应用于一个或多个DRX群组。第一指示可以指示将应用哪一个DRX群组(例如,DRX群组的索引)。UE可以基于第一指示(例如,用于特定/所指示DRX群组)重新配置和/或调整一个或多个DRX配置。UE可以重新配置和/或调整一些DRX配置(例如,第一DRX配置)但不重新配置和/或调整一些其它DRX配置(例如,第二DRX配置)。DRX配置(例如,第一DRX配置、第二DRX配置)可以是(或包含)drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以重新配置和/或调整接通持续时间和/或DRX循环(例如,用于特定/所指示DRX群组)。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以重新配置和/或调整与接通持续时间和/或DRX循环相关的参数的值(例如,用于特定/所指示DRX群组)。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以重新配置和/或调整到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)、接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)、DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、(drx-LongCycleStartOffset的)drx-LongCycle)、DRX循环的开始偏移(例如,(drx-LongCycleStartOffset的)drx-StartOffset),和/或使用短DRX循环的持续时间(例如,drx-ShortCycleTimer)。The first indication may be applied to one or more DRX groups. The first indication may indicate which DRX group (e.g., an index of a DRX group) is to be applied. The UE may reconfigure and/or adjust one or more DRX configurations based on the first indication (e.g., for a specific/indicated DRX group). The UE may reconfigure and/or adjust some DRX configurations (e.g., a first DRX configuration) but may not reconfigure and/or adjust some other DRX configurations (e.g., a second DRX configuration). The DRX configuration (e.g., a first DRX configuration, a second DRX configuration) may be (or include) drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle, and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer. In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may reconfigure and/or adjust the on-duration and/or DRX cycle (e.g., for a specific/indicated DRX group). In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may reconfigure and/or adjust values of parameters related to the on-duration and/or DRX cycle (e.g., for a specific/indicated DRX group). In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may reconfigure and/or adjust a start offset to the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset), a length of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer), a length of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle (of drx-LongCycleStartOffset), a start offset of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset (of drx-LongCycleStartOffset), and/or a duration of using a short DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycleTimer).

第一指示可不被允许/用以修改/调整/重新配置非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)、重新传送定时器(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerDL和/或drx-RetransmissionTimerUL),和/或RTT定时器(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL)。The first indication may not be allowed/used to modify/adjust/reconfigure an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer), a retransmission timer (e.g., drx-RetransmissionTimerDL and/or drx-RetransmissionTimerUL), and/or an RTT timer (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL).

UE可以例如基于第一指示使用DRX配置的经重新配置/调整值,直到DRX配置被释放和/或重新配置/调整。The UE may use the reconfigured/adjusted value of the DRX configuration, for example based on the first indication, until the DRX configuration is released and/or reconfigured/adjusted.

UE可以在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中接收用于DRX配置的第一值。UE可以例如在接收用于DRX配置的第一值之后在第一指示中接收用于DRX配置的第二值。第一指示可以包括和/或指示一个或多个DRX配置的值。UE可以使用所接收/指示值作为DRX配置。UE可以用所接收/指示值代替DRX配置的值。The UE may receive a first value for the DRX configuration in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The UE may receive a second value for the DRX configuration in a first indication, for example, after receiving the first value for the DRX configuration. The first indication may include and/or indicate one or more values of the DRX configuration. The UE may use the received/indicated value as the DRX configuration. The UE may replace the value of the DRX configuration with the received/indicated value.

举例来说,UE可以在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中接收用于DRX配置的第一值。UE可以在第一指示中接收用于DRX配置的第二值。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以用第二值重新配置DRX配置。UE可以用用于DRX配置的第二值代替第一值。DRX配置可以是和/或称为drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。For example, the UE may receive a first value for the DRX configuration in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The UE may receive a second value for the DRX configuration in a first indication. In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may reconfigure the DRX configuration with the second value. The UE may replace the first value with the second value for the DRX configuration. The DRX configuration may be and/or referred to as drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle, and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer.

举例来说,UE可以在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中接收用于第一DRX配置的第一值和用于第二DRX配置的第二值。UE可以在第一指示中接收用于第一DRX配置的第三值和用于第二DRX配置的第四值。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以用第三值重新配置第一DRX配置且用第四值重新配置第二DRX配置。UE可以用用于第一DRX配置的第三值代替第一值,且用用于第二DRX配置的第四值代替第二值。第一DRX配置可以是和/或称为drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。第二DRX配置可以是和/或称为drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycleTimer。第一DRX配置和第二DRX配置可以不同。For example, the UE may receive a first value for a first DRX configuration and a second value for a second DRX configuration in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The UE may receive a third value for the first DRX configuration and a fourth value for the second DRX configuration in a first indication. In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may reconfigure the first DRX configuration with the third value and reconfigure the second DRX configuration with the fourth value. The UE may replace the first value with the third value for the first DRX configuration and replace the second value with the fourth value for the second DRX configuration. The first DRX configuration may be and/or be referred to as drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle, and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer. The second DRX configuration may be and/or be referred to as drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycleTimer. The first DRX configuration and the second DRX configuration may be different.

UE可以在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中接收用于DRX配置的第一值。UE可以例如在接收用于DRX配置的第一值之后在第一指示中接收用于DRX配置的偏移(例如,相对值)和/或尺度。第一指示可以包括和/或指示将应用于一个或多个DRX配置的相对值(例如,偏移和/或尺度)。UE可以将相对值(例如,偏移)和/或尺度应用于DRX配置。UE可以将相对值(例如,偏移)添加到DRX配置的第一值。UE可以将DRX配置的第一值乘以尺度。The UE may receive a first value for a DRX configuration in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The UE may receive an offset (e.g., a relative value) and/or a scale for the DRX configuration in a first indication, for example, after receiving the first value for the DRX configuration. The first indication may include and/or indicate a relative value (e.g., an offset and/or a scale) to be applied to one or more DRX configurations. The UE may apply the relative value (e.g., an offset) and/or a scale to the DRX configuration. The UE may add the relative value (e.g., an offset) to the first value of the DRX configuration. The UE may multiply the first value of the DRX configuration by the scale.

举例来说,UE可以在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中接收用于DRX配置的第一值。UE可以在第一指示中接收用于DRX配置的偏移。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以将偏移添加到用于DRX配置的第一值。UE可以用第一值加上偏移来重新配置DRX配置。UE可以用用于DRX配置的第一值加上偏移来代替第一值。UE可以在第一指示中接收用于DRX配置的尺度。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以将第一值乘以用于DRX配置的尺度。UE可以用第一值乘以尺度来重新配置DRX配置。UE可以用用于DRX配置的第一值乘以尺度来代替第一值。DRX配置可以是和/或称为drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。For example, the UE may receive a first value for the DRX configuration in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The UE may receive an offset for the DRX configuration in a first indication. In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may add the offset to the first value for the DRX configuration. The UE may reconfigure the DRX configuration with the first value plus the offset. The UE may replace the first value with the first value for the DRX configuration plus the offset. The UE may receive a scale for the DRX configuration in the first indication. In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may multiply the first value by the scale for the DRX configuration. The UE may reconfigure the DRX configuration with the first value multiplied by the scale. The UE may replace the first value with the first value for the DRX configuration multiplied by the scale. The DRX configuration may be and/or referred to as drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle, and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer.

举例来说,UE可以在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中接收用于第一DRX配置的第一值和用于第二DRX配置的第二值。UE可以在第一指示中接收第一偏移和第二偏移。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以将第一偏移添加到用于第一DRX配置的第一值,且将第二偏移添加到用于第二RRC配置的第二值。UE可以用第一值加上第一偏移重新配置第一DRX配置,且用第二值加上第二偏移重新配置第二DRX配置。UE可以用用于第一DRX配置的第一值加上第一偏移代替第一值,且用用于第二DRX配置的第二值加上第二偏移代替第二值。UE可以在第一指示中接收第一尺度和第二尺度。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以将第一值乘以用于第一DRX配置的第一尺度,且将第二值乘以用于第二DRX配置的第二尺度。UE可以用第一值乘以第一尺度重新配置第一DRX配置,且用第二值乘以第二尺度重新配置第二DRX配置。UE可以用用于第一DRX配置的第一值乘以第一尺度代替第一值,且用用于第二DRX配置的第二值乘以第二尺度代替第二值。UE可以在第一指示中接收偏移和尺度。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以将偏移添加到用于第一DRX配置的第一值,且将第二值乘以用于第二DRX配置的尺度。UE可以用第一值加上偏移来重新配置第一DRX配置,且用第二值乘以尺度来重新配置第二DRX配置。UE可以用用于第一DRX配置的第一值加上偏移代替第一值,且用用于第二DRX配置的第二值乘以第二尺度代替第二值。第一DRX配置可以是和/或称为drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。第二DRX配置可以是和/或称为drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。第一DRX配置和第二DRX配置可以不同。For example, the UE may receive a first value for a first DRX configuration and a second value for a second DRX configuration in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The UE may receive a first offset and a second offset in a first indication. In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may add the first offset to the first value for the first DRX configuration and add the second offset to the second value for the second RRC configuration. The UE may reconfigure the first DRX configuration with the first value plus the first offset and reconfigure the second DRX configuration with the second value plus the second offset. The UE may replace the first value with the first value for the first DRX configuration plus the first offset and replace the second value with the second value for the second DRX configuration plus the second offset. The UE may receive a first scale and a second scale in the first indication. In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may multiply the first value by the first scale for the first DRX configuration and multiply the second value by the second scale for the second DRX configuration. The UE may reconfigure the first DRX configuration by multiplying the first value by the first scale and reconfigure the second DRX configuration by multiplying the second value by the second scale. The UE may replace the first value with the first value for the first DRX configuration multiplied by the first scale, and replace the second value with the second value for the second DRX configuration multiplied by the second scale. The UE may receive the offset and the scale in the first indication. In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may add the offset to the first value for the first DRX configuration and multiply the second value by the scale for the second DRX configuration. The UE may reconfigure the first DRX configuration with the first value plus the offset, and reconfigure the second DRX configuration with the second value multiplied by the scale. The UE may replace the first value with the first value for the first DRX configuration plus the offset, and replace the second value with the second value for the second DRX configuration multiplied by the second scale. The first DRX configuration may be and/or be referred to as drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle, and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer. The second DRX configuration may be and/or be referred to as drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer. The first DRX configuration and the second DRX configuration may be different.

为了解决问题,UE可以接收(动态地/临时)修改/移位/调整DRX配置的第二指示。第二指示不是RRC消息,例如,RRC重新配置消息(例如,RRCReconfiguration)。第二指示可以是L1和/或L2信令/指示(例如,DCI、MAC CE)。UE可以在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中接收DRX配置。UE可以移位/调整一个或多个DRX配置,例如由第二指示指示。响应于接收到第二指示,UE可以将由第二指示指示/包括的信息应用于DRX配置。响应于接收到第二指示,UE可以移位/调整接通持续时间和/或DRX循环(的部分)(基于由第二指示指示/包括的信息)。响应于接收到第二指示,UE可以移位/调整与接通持续时间和/或DRX循环相关的参数的值(基于由第二指示指示/包括的信息)。响应于接收到第二指示,UE可以移位/调整到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)、接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)、DRX循环的开始偏移(例如,drx-StartOffset)、DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)和/或使用短DRX循环的持续时间(例如,drx-ShortCycleTimer)(基于由第二指示指示/包括的信息)。To solve the problem, the UE may receive a second indication to (dynamically/temporarily) modify/shift/adjust the DRX configuration. The second indication is not an RRC message, for example, an RRC reconfiguration message (e.g., RRCReconfiguration). The second indication may be L1 and/or L2 signaling/indication (e.g., DCI, MAC CE). The UE may receive the DRX configuration in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The UE may shift/adjust one or more DRX configurations, for example, as indicated by the second indication. In response to receiving the second indication, the UE may apply the information indicated/included by the second indication to the DRX configuration. In response to receiving the second indication, the UE may shift/adjust (part of) the on-duration and/or the DRX cycle (based on the information indicated/included by the second indication). In response to receiving the second indication, the UE may shift/adjust the values of parameters related to the on-duration and/or the DRX cycle (based on the information indicated/included by the second indication). In response to receiving the second indication, the UE may shift/adjust the start offset of the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset), the length of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer), the start offset of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset), the length of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) and/or the duration of using a short DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycleTimer) (based on the information indicated/included by the second indication).

第二指示可不被允许/用以修改/移位/调整非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)、重新传送定时器(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerDL和/或drx-RetransmissionTimerUL),和/或RTT定时器(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL)。The second indication may not be allowed/used to modify/shift/adjust an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer), a retransmission timer (e.g., drx-RetransmissionTimerDL and/or drx-RetransmissionTimerUL), and/or an RTT timer (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL).

第二指示可以指示将(临时)应用的偏移(例如,相对值)和/或尺度。第二指示可以指示一个或多个偏移/尺度和/或对经预配置偏移/尺度(的集合)的指示。第二指示可以指示将用作DRX配置的值的值(例如,以(临时)代替DRX配置的值)。第二指示可以指示UE暂停和/或恢复定时器,例如,drx-onDurationTimer。第二指示可以指示哪一个(哪些)DRX配置和/或DRX群组(例如,DRX群组的索引)将(临时)应用第二指示(例如,DRX群组编号、DRX配置、DRX参数)。The second indication may indicate an offset (e.g., a relative value) and/or a scale to be (temporarily) applied. The second indication may indicate one or more offsets/scales and/or an indication of (a set of) preconfigured offsets/scales. The second indication may indicate a value to be used as a value for the DRX configuration (e.g., to (temporarily) replace a value for the DRX configuration). The second indication may instruct the UE to suspend and/or resume a timer, e.g., drx-onDurationTimer. The second indication may indicate which DRX configuration(s) and/or DRX group (e.g., an index of a DRX group) will (temporarily) apply the second indication (e.g., DRX group number, DRX configuration, DRX parameter).

第二指示可以指示将应用第二指示的持续时间(例如,DRX循环的量/接通持续时间、定时器、特定时间/时机)。可以在持续时间期间(例如,针对持续时间中的接通持续时间和/或DRX循环)应用/使用第二指示(若干次)。不在持续时间期间可以不应用/使用第二指示。第二指示(中的每一个)可以应用/使用(仅)一次(例如,针对单个/特定接通持续时间和/或DRX循环)。第二指示可以指示将应用第二指示的时间延迟(例如,DRX循环的量/接通持续时间、定时器、特定时间/时机)。替代地,可以在接收第二指示之前,例如经由RRC消息(用于配置DRX配置)由网络配置持续时间和/或时间延迟。The second indication may indicate a duration (e.g., amount/on-duration of DRX cycles, timer, specific time/timing) for which the second indication is to be applied. The second indication may be applied/used (several times) during the duration (e.g., for the on-duration and/or DRX cycle in the duration). The second indication may not be applied/used during the duration. (Each of) the second indication may be applied/used (only) once (e.g., for a single/specific on-duration and/or DRX cycle). The second indication may indicate a time delay (e.g., amount/on-duration of DRX cycles, timer, specific time/timing) for which the second indication is to be applied. Alternatively, the duration and/or time delay may be configured by the network, e.g., via an RRC message (for configuring the DRX configuration), before receiving the second indication.

在接收到调整DRX配置的第二指示之前的DRX配置的值可以在第二指示的适用时间之后恢复/使用,例如,在持续时间之后或在单个/特定接通持续时间和/或DRX循环之后。The value of the DRX configuration before receiving the second indication to adjust the DRX configuration may be restored/used after an applicable time of the second indication, for example after a duration or after a single/specific on-duration and/or DRX cycle.

第二指示可以包括和/或指示以下信息(中的至少一个)(用于一个或多个DRX配置):The second indication may include and/or indicate (at least one of) the following information (for one or more DRX configurations):

-偏移;- offset;

-尺度;-scale;

-到DRX配置的(绝对)值;- (absolute) value to DRX configuration;

-对经预配置配置(例如,偏移、尺度、到DRX配置的值、定时器值和/或持续时间)的指示;- an indication of a preconfigured configuration (e.g., offset, scale, value to DRX configuration, timer value and/or duration);

-暂停和/或恢复DRX定时器的指示;- an indication to suspend and/or resume the DRX timer;

-到DRX配置和/或DRX群组的指示;和/或- indication of DRX configuration and/or DRX group; and/or

-第二指示的适用持续时间(例如,将应用第二指示中指示的信息的时间周期),例如:- the applicability duration of the second indication (e.g., the time period during which the information indicated in the second indication will be applied), for example:

-DRX循环的量、接通持续时间、DL传送和/或PDCCH时机;- Amount of DRX cycles, on-duration, DL transmissions and/or PDCCH opportunities;

-定时器的值;- the value of the timer;

-所指示/特定PDCCH时机;和/或- indicated/specific PDCCH occasions; and/or

-时间延迟/持续时间(例如,以毫秒计)。-Time delay/duration (e.g. in milliseconds).

第二指示可以包括/指示偏移(作为到DRX配置的相对值)。UE可以将偏移添加到DRX配置。UE可以使用经修改DRX配置持续某一时间周期。第二指示可以包括/指示若干偏移(例如,偏移的列表)。UE可以循序地将偏移添加到DRX配置且使用经修改DRX配置持续某一时间周期。偏移可以是毫秒、时隙和/或整数的值。偏移可以大于零或小于零。The second indication may include/indicate an offset (as a relative value to the DRX configuration). The UE may add the offset to the DRX configuration. The UE may use the modified DRX configuration for a certain time period. The second indication may include/indicate a number of offsets (e.g., a list of offsets). The UE may sequentially add the offset to the DRX configuration and use the modified DRX configuration for a certain time period. The offset may be a value in milliseconds, time slots, and/or integers. The offset may be greater than zero or less than zero.

第二指示可以包括/指示尺度。UE可以将DRX配置(的值)乘以尺度。UE可以使用经修改DRX配置持续某一时间周期。第二指示可以包括/指示若干尺度(例如,尺度的列表/集合)。UE可以循序地将DRX配置(的值)乘以尺度且使用经修改DRX配置持续某一时间周期。尺度可以是整数。尺度可以是小于一(例如,在零到一之间)、大于一(例如,在一到二之间)或零的值。The second indication may include/indicate a scale. The UE may multiply the DRX configuration (value) by a scale. The UE may use the modified DRX configuration for a certain time period. The second indication may include/indicate a number of scales (e.g., a list/set of scales). The UE may sequentially multiply the DRX configuration (value) by a scale and use the modified DRX configuration for a certain time period. The scale may be an integer. The scale may be a value less than one (e.g., between zero and one), greater than one (e.g., between one and two), or zero.

第二指示可以包括/指示到DRX配置的值(例如,到DRX配置的绝对值)。UE可以应用/使用所述值作为DRX配置(的值)。UE可以使用经修改DRX配置持续某一时间周期。第二指示可以包括/指示若干值(例如,值的列表/集合)。UE可以循序地使用所述值作为DRX配置(的值)且使用经修改DRX配置持续某一时间周期。The second indication may include/indicate a value to the DRX configuration (e.g., an absolute value to the DRX configuration). The UE may apply/use the value as (the value of) the DRX configuration. The UE may use the modified DRX configuration for a certain time period. The second indication may include/indicate a number of values (e.g., a list/set of values). The UE may sequentially use the value as (the value of) the DRX configuration and use the modified DRX configuration for a certain time period.

第二指示可以指示来自经预配置配置的一个或多个偏移、尺度和/或值。第二指示可以指示来自经预配置配置的偏移、尺度和/或值的集合。UE可以(循序地)将偏移添加到DRX配置和/或(循序地)将DRX配置(的值)乘以尺度。UE可以(循序地)使用所述值作为DRX配置。UE可以使用经修改DRX配置持续某一时间周期。第二指示可以包括经预配置配置(的集合)的数目。经预配置配置可以是DRX配置的偏移、尺度和/或值的列表。The second indication may indicate one or more offsets, scales and/or values from a preconfigured configuration. The second indication may indicate a set of offsets, scales and/or values from a preconfigured configuration. The UE may (sequentially) add the offset to the DRX configuration and/or (sequentially) multiply the DRX configuration (value) by the scale. The UE may (sequentially) use the value as the DRX configuration. The UE may use the modified DRX configuration for a certain time period. The second indication may include the number of (a set of) preconfigured configurations. The preconfigured configuration may be a list of offsets, scales and/or values of the DRX configuration.

第二指示可以包括/指示暂停(例如,撤销激活)和/或恢复(例如,激活)DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)的指示。UE可以响应于接收到第二指示(例如,如果DRX定时器未暂停)而暂停和/或停止DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。UE可以响应于接收到第二指示(例如,如果DRX定时器暂停)而恢复和/或启动DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。如果第二指示指示(DRX定时器的)暂停/撤销激活,那么UE可以响应于接收到第二指示而暂停和/或停止DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。如果第二指示指示(DRX定时器的)恢复/激活,那么UE可以响应于接收到第二指示而恢复和/或启动DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。如果DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)暂停和/或未恢复,那么UE可以停止DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer),可以认为DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)不处于运行中,和/或可以针对DRX循环不启动DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。如果DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)恢复和/或未暂停,那么UE可以针对DRX循环启动DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。The second indication may include/indicate an indication to suspend (e.g., deactivate) and/or resume (e.g., activate) a DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer). The UE may suspend and/or stop the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) in response to receiving the second indication (e.g., if the DRX timer is not suspended). The UE may resume and/or start the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) in response to receiving the second indication (e.g., if the DRX timer is suspended). If the second indication indicates suspension/deactivation (of the DRX timer), the UE may suspend and/or stop the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) in response to receiving the second indication. If the second indication indicates resumption/activation (of the DRX timer), the UE may resume and/or start the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) in response to receiving the second indication. If the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) is suspended and/or not resumed, the UE may stop the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer), may consider the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) not to be running, and/or may not start the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) for the DRX cycle. If the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) is resumed and/or not suspended, the UE may start the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) for the DRX cycle.

第二指示可以包括/指示DRX配置(例如,用于DRX循环和/或接通持续时间)。UE可以将第二指示(的信息)应用于所指示DRX配置。The second indication may include/indicate a DRX configuration (eg, for a DRX cycle and/or an on-duration). The UE may apply (the information of) the second indication to the indicated DRX configuration.

第二指示可以包括/指示DRX配置(例如,用于DRX群组)和/或DRX群组(编号)。UE可以将第二指示(的信息)应用于所指示DRX群组。UE可以将第二指示(的信息)应用于第一DRX群组。UE可以将第二指示(的信息)应用于第二DRX群组。UE可以不将第二指示(的信息)应用于第一DRX群组。UE可以不将第二指示(的信息)应用于第二DRX群组。UE可以将第二指示(的信息)应用于第一DRX群组和第二DRX群组。The second indication may include/indicate a DRX configuration (e.g., for a DRX group) and/or a DRX group (number). The UE may apply the second indication (information) to the indicated DRX group. The UE may apply the second indication (information) to the first DRX group. The UE may apply the second indication (information) to the second DRX group. The UE may not apply the second indication (information) to the first DRX group. The UE may not apply the second indication (information) to the second DRX group. The UE may apply the second indication (information) to the first DRX group and the second DRX group.

第二指示可以包括/指示作为DRX循环的量、接通持续时间、DL传送和/或PDCCH时机的值。UE可以应用/使用对DRX循环的量、接通持续时间、DL传送和/或PDCCH时机的第二指示(的信息)。UE可以继续应用/使用第二指示(的信息)直到DRX循环的量、接通持续时间、DL传送和/或PDCCH时机。UE可以将第二指示(的信息)应用/使用于由第二指示指示的随后DRX循环、接通持续时间、DL传送和/或PDCCH时机。UE可以在接收/应用第二指示之后增加针对每一DRX循环、接通持续时间、PDCCH时机和/或DL接收的计数器。UE可以当计数器小于和/或不大于所指示值时应用/使用第二指示(的信息)。DRX循环的量、接通持续时间、DL传送和/或PDCCH时机可以是UE将使用经修改DRX配置的时间周期。The second indication may include/indicate a value as the amount of DRX cycles, the on-duration, the DL transmission and/or the PDCCH opportunity. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) of the amount of DRX cycles, the on-duration, the DL transmission and/or the PDCCH opportunity. The UE may continue to apply/use the second indication (information) until the amount of DRX cycles, the on-duration, the DL transmission and/or the PDCCH opportunity. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) to the subsequent DRX cycles, the on-duration, the DL transmission and/or the PDCCH opportunity indicated by the second indication. The UE may increase the counter for each DRX cycle, the on-duration, the PDCCH opportunity and/or the DL reception after receiving/applying the second indication. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) when the counter is less than and/or not greater than the indicated value. The amount of DRX cycles, the on-duration, the DL transmission and/or the PDCCH opportunity may be the time period during which the UE will use the modified DRX configuration.

第二指示可以包括/指示定时器值(的持续时间/长度)。第二指示可以指示来自经预配置配置的一个或多个定时器值。第二指示可以指示来自经预配置配置的定时器值的集合。UE可以响应于接收到第二指示而启动被设定成定时器值的定时器。UE可以响应于应用第二指示(的信息)而启动定时器。UE可以在由第二指示指示的特定时序启动定时器。UE可以当定时器处于运行中时应用/使用第二指示(的信息)。定时器的持续时间可以是UE使用经修改DRX配置的时间周期。UE可以在定时器期满之后/时应用/使用第二指示(的信息)。定时器的持续时间可以是UE使用经修改DRX配置的时间延迟。The second indication may include/indicate (the duration/length of) a timer value. The second indication may indicate one or more timer values from a preconfigured configuration. The second indication may indicate a set of timer values from a preconfigured configuration. The UE may start a timer set to the timer value in response to receiving the second indication. The UE may start the timer in response to applying the second indication (information). The UE may start the timer at a specific timing indicated by the second indication. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) when the timer is in operation. The duration of the timer may be a time period during which the UE uses the modified DRX configuration. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) after/when the timer expires. The duration of the timer may be a time delay for the UE to use the modified DRX configuration.

第二指示可以包括/指示PDCCH时机。UE可以应用/使用第二指示(的信息)直到PDCCH时机。PDCCH时机可以指示UE使用经修改DRX配置的时间周期。UE可以从PDCCH时机开始(或之后)应用/使用第二指示(的信息)。PDCCH时机可以指示UE使用经修改DRX配置的时间延迟。The second indication may include/indicate a PDCCH opportunity. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) until the PDCCH opportunity. The PDCCH opportunity may indicate the time period during which the UE uses the modified DRX configuration. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) starting from (or after) the PDCCH opportunity. The PDCCH opportunity may indicate the time delay for the UE to use the modified DRX configuration.

第二指示可以包括/指示持续时间(例如,以毫秒计)。第二指示可以指示来自经预配置配置的一个或多个持续时间。第二指示可以指示来自经预配置配置的持续时间的集合。UE可以应用/使用第二指示(的信息)持续时间。UE可以在从接收到第二指示到所述持续时间的持续时间中应用/使用第二指示(的信息)。UE可以在从应用第二指示(的信息)到所述持续时间的持续时间中应用/使用第二指示(的信息)。UE可以在从由第二指示指示的特定时序到所述持续时间的持续时间中应用/使用第二指示(的信息)。所述持续时间可以是UE使用经修改DRX配置的时间周期。UE可以在从持续时间开始(或之后)应用/使用第二指示(的信息)。所述持续时间可以是UE使用经修改DRX配置的时间延迟。The second indication may include/indicate a duration (e.g., in milliseconds). The second indication may indicate one or more durations from a preconfigured configuration. The second indication may indicate a set of durations from a preconfigured configuration. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) duration. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) in the duration from receiving the second indication to the duration. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) in the duration from applying the second indication (information) to the duration. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) in the duration from a specific timing indicated by the second indication to the duration. The duration may be a time period during which the UE uses the modified DRX configuration. The UE may apply/use the second indication (information) from the beginning (or after) of the duration. The duration may be a time delay for the UE to use the modified DRX configuration.

第二指示可以包括和/或指示上述信息中的一个或多个。用于UE使用经修改DRX配置的特定时序、时间周期和/或时间延迟可以由上述信息中的一个或多个指示。UE可以使用经修改DRX配置持续所述时间周期。UE可以不在所述时间周期之后使用经修改DRX配置。UE可以不在所述时间周期之前使用经修改DRX配置。在所述时间周期之后,UE可以使用/恢复先前DRX配置(的值)(例如,在RRC消息中接收的DRX配置(值)、在接收/应用第二指示之前的DRX配置(值))。The second indication may include and/or indicate one or more of the above information. The specific timing, time period and/or time delay for the UE to use the modified DRX configuration may be indicated by one or more of the above information. The UE may use the modified DRX configuration for the time period. The UE may not use the modified DRX configuration after the time period. The UE may not use the modified DRX configuration before the time period. After the time period, the UE may use/restore the previous DRX configuration (value) (e.g., the DRX configuration (value) received in the RRC message, the DRX configuration (value) before receiving/applying the second indication).

举例来说,UE可以接收具有针对到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)的偏移和/或尺度的第二指示。UE可以将偏移添加到到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)。UE可以将到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)乘以尺度。UE可以使用经修改的到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)以用于下一接通持续时间和/或DRX循环(例如,在UE接收到第二指示之后)。如果第二指示指示将应用偏移/尺度的持续时间,那么UE可以使用经修改的到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)用于下一接通持续时间和/或DRX循环(例如,在UE接收到第二指示之后)。For example, the UE may receive a second indication with an offset and/or scale for a start offset to the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset). The UE may add the offset to the start offset to the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset). The UE may multiply the start offset to the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) by the scale. The UE may use the modified start offset to the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) for the next on-duration and/or DRX cycle (e.g., after the UE receives the second indication). If the second indication indicates a duration to which the offset/scale will be applied, the UE may use the modified start offset to the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) for the next on-duration and/or DRX cycle (e.g., after the UE receives the second indication).

在一个实例中,偏移可以大于零和/或尺度可以大于一。如图7所示,UE可以延长到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)。接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)的启动时序将从t1移位到t2。UE可以在第一DRX循环之前接收第二指示。UE可以使用经修改的到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)用于第一DRX循环的接通持续时间。如果第二指示指示将应用偏移和/或尺度的两个DRX循环,那么UE可以使用经修改的到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)用于第一DRX循环和第二DRX循环的接通持续时间。In one instance, the offset may be greater than zero and/or the scale may be greater than one. As shown in FIG. 7 , the UE may extend the start offset (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) to the on-duration. The start timing of the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) will be shifted from t1 to t2. The UE may receive the second indication prior to the first DRX cycle. The UE may use the modified start offset (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) to the on-duration for the first DRX cycle. If the second indication indicates two DRX cycles to which the offset and/or scale will be applied, the UE may use the modified start offset (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) to the on-duration for the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle.

在一个实例中,偏移可以小于零和/或尺度可以小于一。如图8所示,UE可以收缩到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)。接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)的启动时序将从t2移位到t1。UE可以在第一DRX循环之前接收第二指示。UE可以使用经修改的到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)用于第一DRX循环的接通持续时间。如果第二指示指示将应用偏移和/或尺度的两个接通持续时间,那么UE可以使用经修改的到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)用于第一DRX循环和第二DRX循环的接通持续时间。In one instance, the offset may be less than zero and/or the scale may be less than one. As shown in FIG. 8 , the UE may shrink to a start offset (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) of the on-duration. The start timing of the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) may be shifted from t2 to t1. The UE may receive a second indication prior to the first DRX cycle. The UE may use a modified start offset (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) to the on-duration for the on-duration of the first DRX cycle. If the second indication indicates two on-durations to which the offset and/or scale are to be applied, the UE may use a modified start offset (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) to the on-duration for the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle.

举例来说,UE可以接收具有针对接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)的偏移和/或尺度的第二指示。UE可以将偏移添加到接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。UE可以将接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)乘以尺度。UE可以使用经修改的接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)用于当前接通持续时间和/或DRX循环(例如,当UE接收到第二指示时)。UE可以使用经修改的接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)用于下一接通持续时间和/或DRX循环(例如,在UE接收到第二指示之后)。如果第二指示指示将应用偏移/尺度的持续时间,那么UE可以使用经修改的接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)用于下一接通持续时间和/或DRX循环(例如,在UE接收到第二指示之后)。For example, the UE may receive a second indication with an offset and/or scale for the length of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer). The UE may add the offset to the length of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer). The UE may multiply the length of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) by the scale. The UE may use the modified length of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) for the current on-duration and/or DRX cycle (e.g., when the UE receives the second indication). The UE may use the modified length of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) for the next on-duration and/or DRX cycle (e.g., after the UE receives the second indication). If the second indication indicates a duration to which the offset/scale will be applied, the UE may use the modified length of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) for the next on-duration and/or DRX cycle (e.g., after the UE receives the second indication).

在一个实例中,偏移可以大于零和/或尺度可以大于一。如图9所示,UE可以延长接通持续时间的长度和/或接通持续时间(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)的结束时序将从t1移位到t2。UE可以在第一DRX循环之前和/或在第一DRX循环期间接收第二指示。UE可以使用经修改的接通持续时间的长度和/或接通持续时间(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)用于第一DRX循环的接通持续时间。如果第二指示指示具有两个DRX循环的长度的定时器,那么UE可以使用经修改的接通持续时间的长度和/或接通持续时间(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)用于第一DRX循环和第二DRX循环的接通持续时间。In one instance, the offset may be greater than zero and/or the scale may be greater than one. As shown in Figure 9, the UE may extend the length of the on-duration and/or the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer). The end timing of the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) will be shifted from t1 to t2. The UE may receive a second indication before and/or during the first DRX cycle. The UE may use the modified length of the on-duration and/or the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) for the on-duration of the first DRX cycle. If the second indication indicates a timer having the length of two DRX cycles, the UE may use the modified length of the on-duration and/or the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) for the on-duration of the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle.

在一个实例中,偏移可以小于零和/或尺度可以小于一。如图10所示,UE可以收缩接通持续时间的长度和/或接通持续时间(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)的结束时序将从t2移位到t1。UE可以在第一DRX循环之前和/或在第一DRX循环期间接收第二指示。UE可以使用经修改的接通持续时间的长度和/或接通持续时间(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)用于第一DRX循环的接通持续时间。如果第二指示指示在第二DRX循环的开始之后的PDCCH时机,那么UE可以使用经修改的接通持续时间长度和/或接通持续时间(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)用于第一DRX循环和第二DRX循环的接通持续时间。In one instance, the offset may be less than zero and/or the scale may be less than one. As shown in Figure 10, the UE may shrink the length of the on-duration and/or the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer). The end timing of the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) will be shifted from t2 to t1. The UE may receive a second indication before and/or during the first DRX cycle. The UE may use the modified length of the on-duration and/or the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) for the on-duration of the first DRX cycle. If the second indication indicates a PDCCH opportunity after the start of the second DRX cycle, the UE may use the modified on-duration length and/or the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) for the on-duration of the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle.

举例来说,UE可以接收具有针对DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)的偏移和/或尺度的第二指示。UE可以将偏移添加到DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)。UE可以将DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)乘以尺度。UE可以使用经修改的DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)用于当前DRX循环(例如,当UE接收到第二指示时)。UE可以使用经修改的DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)用于下一DRX循环(例如,在UE接收到第二指示之后)。如果第二指示指示将应用偏移/尺度的持续时间,那么UE可以使用经修改的DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)用于下一DRX循环(例如,在UE接收到第二指示之后)。For example, the UE may receive a second indication with an offset and/or scale for the length of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle). The UE may add the offset to the length of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle). The UE may multiply the length of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) by the scale. The UE may use the modified length of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) for the current DRX cycle (e.g., when the UE receives the second indication). The UE may use the modified length of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) for the next DRX cycle (e.g., after the UE receives the second indication). If the second indication indicates the duration for which the offset/scale is to be applied, the UE may use the modified length of the DRX cycle (eg, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) for the next DRX cycle (eg, after the UE receives the second indication).

在一个实例中,偏移可以大于零和/或尺度可以大于一。如图11所示,UE可以延长第一DRX循环(的长度)(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)。第二DRX循环的开始时序将从t1移位到t2。第二DRX循环中的接通持续时间将相应地移位。UE可以在第一DRX循环之前和/或在第一DRX循环期间接收第二指示。UE可以使用经修改DRX循环(的长度)(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)用于第一DRX循环。如果第二指示指示在第二DRX循环的结束之后的PDCCH时机,那么UE可以使用经修改DRX循环(的长度)(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)用于第一DRX循环和第二DRX循环。In one example, the offset may be greater than zero and/or the scale may be greater than one. As shown in Figure 11, the UE may extend the first DRX cycle (length) (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle). The start timing of the second DRX cycle will be shifted from t1 to t2. The on-duration in the second DRX cycle will shift accordingly. The UE may receive a second indication before and/or during the first DRX cycle. The UE may use a modified DRX cycle (length) (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) for the first DRX cycle. If the second indication indicates a PDCCH timing after the end of the second DRX cycle, the UE may use a modified DRX cycle (length) (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) for the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle.

在一个实例中,偏移可以小于零和/或尺度可以小于一。如图12所示,UE可以收缩第一DRX循环(的长度)(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)。第二DRX循环的开始时序将从t2移位到t1。第二DRX循环中的接通持续时间将相应地移位。UE可以在第一DRX循环之前和/或在第一DRX循环期间接收第二指示。UE可以使用经修改DRX循环(的长度)(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)用于第一DRX循环。如果第二指示指示包括第二DRX循环的结束的持续时间,那么UE可以使用经修改DRX循环(的长度)(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)用于第一DRX循环和第二DRX循环。In one example, the offset may be less than zero and/or the scale may be less than one. As shown in Figure 12, the UE may shrink the first DRX cycle (length) (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle). The start timing of the second DRX cycle will be shifted from t2 to t1. The on-duration in the second DRX cycle will be shifted accordingly. The UE may receive a second indication before and/or during the first DRX cycle. The UE may use a modified DRX cycle (length) (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) for the first DRX cycle. If the second indication includes the duration of the end of the second DRX cycle, the UE may use a modified DRX cycle (length) (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) for the first DRX cycle and the second DRX cycle.

上文和此处的实例、实施例和概念的组合可应用于第二指示或对于第二指示是可能的。Combinations of the examples, embodiments, and concepts above and herein may be applicable to or possible for the second indication.

第一/第二指示可以包括/指示和/或指示UE移位/调整drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle、drx-LongCycleStartOffset、drx-StartOffset、drx-ShortCycleTimer、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL和/或drx-RetransmissionTimerUL的值。第一/第二指示可以不包括/指示和/或指示UE移位/调整drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle、drx-LongCycleStartOffset、drx-StartOffset、drx-ShortCycleTimer、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL和/或drx-RetransmissionTimerUL的值。The first/second indication may include/indicate and/or instruct the UE to shift/adjust the values of drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle, drx-LongCycleStartOffset, drx-StartOffset, drx-ShortCycleTimer, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL and/or drx-RetransmissionTimerUL. The first/second indication may not include/indicate and/or instruct the UE to shift/adjust the values of drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle, drx-LongCycleStartOffset, drx-StartOffset, drx-ShortCycleTimer, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL and/or drx-RetransmissionTimerUL.

响应于接收到第一指示和/或第二指示,UE可以传送确认(例如,到NW的确认(ACK))。所述确认可以是上行链路控制信息(UCI)、MAC CE和/或UE辅助信息(UAI)。In response to receiving the first indication and/or the second indication, the UE may transmit an acknowledgement (eg, an acknowledgement (ACK) to the NW). The acknowledgement may be uplink control information (UCI), MAC CE, and/or UE assistance information (UAI).

UE可以在与第一指示和/或第二指示相关联的DRX群组的DRX作用时间期间监视第一指示和/或第二指示。替代地,UE可以当与第一指示和/或第二指示相关联的DRX群组的drx-onDurationTimer处于运行中时监视第一指示和/或第二指示。UE可以在与第一指示和/或第二指示相关联的DRX群组的DRX作用时间之外不监视第一指示和/或第二指示。替代地,UE可以当与第一指示和/或第二指示相关联的DRX群组的drx-onDurationTimer不处于运行中时不监视第一指示和/或第二指示。The UE may monitor the first indication and/or the second indication during the DRX action time of the DRX group associated with the first indication and/or the second indication. Alternatively, the UE may monitor the first indication and/or the second indication when the drx-onDurationTimer of the DRX group associated with the first indication and/or the second indication is in operation. The UE may not monitor the first indication and/or the second indication outside the DRX action time of the DRX group associated with the first indication and/or the second indication. Alternatively, the UE may not monitor the first indication and/or the second indication when the drx-onDurationTimer of the DRX group associated with the first indication and/or the second indication is not in operation.

UE可以在接收到第一指示和/或第二指示后停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以在传送对第一指示和/或第二指示的确认后停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以在应用第一指示和/或第二指示后停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以在使用新的和/或经修改DRX配置后停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。The UE may stop an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) after receiving the first indication and/or the second indication. The UE may stop an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) after transmitting an acknowledgement of the first indication and/or the second indication. The UE may stop an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) after applying the first indication and/or the second indication. The UE may stop an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) after using a new and/or modified DRX configuration.

DRX群组与第一/第二指示之间的关联可以由第一/第二指示指示。UE可以基于由第一/第二指示指示的DRX群组确定将应用第一/第二指示的DRX群组。替代地,DRX群组与第一/第二指示之间的关联可以基于在其上接收第一/第二指示的服务小区。UE可以基于其中接收第一/第二指示的服务小区确定将应用第一/第二指示的DRX群组。DRX群组是服务小区的DRX群组。替代地,DRX群组与第一/第二指示之间的关联可以基于在其上接收第一/第二指示的时间和/或频率资源。替代地,DRX群组与第一/第二指示之间的关联可以由网络配置。The association between the DRX group and the first/second indication may be indicated by the first/second indication. The UE may determine the DRX group to which the first/second indication will be applied based on the DRX group indicated by the first/second indication. Alternatively, the association between the DRX group and the first/second indication may be based on the serving cell on which the first/second indication is received. The UE may determine the DRX group to which the first/second indication will be applied based on the serving cell in which the first/second indication is received. The DRX group is the DRX group of the serving cell. Alternatively, the association between the DRX group and the first/second indication may be based on the time and/or frequency resources on which the first/second indication is received. Alternatively, the association between the DRX group and the first/second indication may be configured by the network.

UE可以接收与DRX和/或DRX群组相关的配置。UE可以接收用于DRX群组的一个或多个DRX配置(例如,DRX-Config、DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)。DRX群组可以是应用相同DRX配置的小区的群组(例如,一个或多个小区)。小区的群组可以属于同一MAC实体。用于DRX群组的DRX配置(例如,DRX-Config、DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)可以包括用于接通持续时间、DRX循环、不作用时间和/或重新传送时间的配置。用于DRX群组的DRX配置(例如,DRX-Config、DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)可以包括(至少)drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle、drx-LongCycleStartOffset、drx-StartOffset、drx-ShortCycleTimer、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL和/或drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。UE可以接收经预配置配置(用于DRX群组)以调整DRX配置。所述预配置可以包括(至少)一个或多个偏移、尺度、到DRX配置的值、定时器值和/或持续时间。UE可以从RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)和/或第一/第二指示接收DRX配置和/或经预配置配置。The UE may receive configurations related to DRX and/or DRX groups. The UE may receive one or more DRX configurations (e.g., DRX-Config, DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup) for a DRX group. A DRX group may be a group of cells (e.g., one or more cells) to which the same DRX configuration is applied. The group of cells may belong to the same MAC entity. The DRX configuration (e.g., DRX-Config, DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup) for a DRX group may include configurations for on-duration, DRX cycle, inactive time, and/or retransmission time. The DRX configuration for the DRX group (e.g., DRX-Config, DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup) may include (at least) drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle, drx-LongCycleStartOffset, drx-StartOffset, drx-ShortCycleTimer, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL and/or drx-RetransmissionTimerUL. The UE may receive a preconfigured configuration (for the DRX group) to adjust the DRX configuration. The preconfiguration may include (at least) one or more offsets, scales, values to the DRX configuration, timer values and/or durations. The UE may receive the DRX configuration and/or the pre-configured configuration from an RRC message (eg, RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration) and/or the first/second indication.

UE可以在RRC非作用模式、RRC空闲模式和/或RRC连接模式中接收RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)。UE可以在UE被配置有DRX功能性之前接收RRC消息(例如,以配置DRX功能性)。UE可以在UE被配置有DRX功能性之后接收RRC消息(例如,以重新配置DRX功能性)。UE可以当UE在作用时间和/或接通持续时间中/期间时接收RRC消息。UE可以当UE不在作用时间和/或接通持续时间中/期间时接收RRC消息。The UE may receive an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCesume, RRCReconfiguration) in an RRC inactive mode, an RRC idle mode, and/or an RRC connected mode. The UE may receive an RRC message before the UE is configured with DRX functionality (e.g., to configure the DRX functionality). The UE may receive an RRC message after the UE is configured with DRX functionality (e.g., to reconfigure the DRX functionality). The UE may receive an RRC message when the UE is in/during the active time and/or the on-duration. The UE may receive an RRC message when the UE is not in/during the active time and/or the on-duration.

UE可以在RRC连接模式中接收第一指示和/或第二指示。UE可以在UE被配置有DRX功能性之后接收第一指示和/或第二指示。UE可以当UE在作用时间和/或接通持续时间中/期间时接收第一指示和/或第二指示。UE可以当UE不在作用时间和/或接通持续时间中/期间时接收第一指示和/或第二指示。The UE may receive the first indication and/or the second indication in RRC connected mode. The UE may receive the first indication and/or the second indication after the UE is configured with DRX functionality. The UE may receive the first indication and/or the second indication when the UE is in/during the active time and/or the on-duration. The UE may receive the first indication and/or the second indication when the UE is not in/during the active time and/or the on-duration.

下文描述本发明的实例。Examples of the present invention are described below.

参看图13,关于本发明的此类和其它概念、系统和方法,用于无线通信系统中的UE的方法1000包括:接收包括DRX配置的RRC消息(步骤1002);接收第一指示和/或第二指示(步骤1004);以及基于第一指示和/或第二指示调整DRX配置(步骤1006)。13 , regarding such and other concepts, systems, and methods of the present invention, a method 1000 for a UE in a wireless communication system includes: receiving an RRC message including a DRX configuration (step 1002); receiving a first indication and/or a second indication (step 1004); and adjusting the DRX configuration based on the first indication and/or the second indication (step 1006).

现在参考图3和4,在从UE的角度的一个或多个实施例中,装置300包含存储在传送器的存储器310中的程序代码312。CPU 308可以执行程序代码312以:(i)接收包括DRX配置的RRC消息;(ii)接收第一指示和/或第二指示;以及(iii)基于第一指示和/或第二指示调整DRX配置。此外,CPU 308可执行程序代码312以执行上文、下文或本文中另外描述的所有所描述动作、步骤和方法。Referring now to FIGS. 3 and 4 , in one or more embodiments from the perspective of a UE, an apparatus 300 includes program code 312 stored in a memory 310 of a transmitter. The CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to: (i) receive an RRC message including a DRX configuration; (ii) receive a first indication and/or a second indication; and (iii) adjust the DRX configuration based on the first indication and/or the second indication. In addition, the CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to perform all of the described actions, steps, and methods described above, below, or otherwise herein.

参看图14,关于本发明的此类和其它概念、系统和方法,用于无线通信系统中的UE的方法1010包括:接收配置用于第一DRX群组的DRX参数的至少一个值和用于第二DRX群组的DRX参数的至少一个值的第一信令(步骤1012);在服务小区中接收指示DRX参数的第一值或DRX参数的所述至少一个值的第二值的第二信令(步骤1014);以及基于第二信令中指示的目标DRX群组或基于服务小区是被指派到第一DRX群组还是第二DRX群组而调整用于第一DRX群组或第二DRX群组的DRX参数(步骤1016)。Referring to Figure 14, regarding such and other concepts, systems and methods of the present invention, a method 1010 for a UE in a wireless communication system includes: receiving first signaling configuring at least one value of a DRX parameter for a first DRX group and at least one value of a DRX parameter for a second DRX group (step 1012); receiving second signaling indicating the first value of the DRX parameter or the second value of the at least one value of the DRX parameter in a serving cell (step 1014); and adjusting the DRX parameters for the first DRX group or the second DRX group based on the target DRX group indicated in the second signaling or based on whether the serving cell is assigned to the first DRX group or the second DRX group (step 1016).

在各种实施例中,DRX参数是drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-InactivityTimer、drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。In various embodiments, the DRX parameter is drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-InactivityTimer, drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer.

在各种实施例中,第一信令是RRC消息。In various embodiments, the first signaling is an RRC message.

在各种实施例中,第二信令是DCI或MAC CE。In various embodiments, the second signaling is a DCI or a MAC CE.

在各种实施例中,目标DRX群组在第二信令中指示。In various embodiments, the target DRX group is indicated in the second signaling.

在各种实施例中,如果目标DRX群组是第一DRX群组,那么UE调整用于第一DRX群组的DRX参数,和/或如果目标DRX群组是第二DRX群组,那么UE调整用于第二DRX群组的DRX参数。In various embodiments, if the target DRX group is the first DRX group, the UE adjusts DRX parameters for the first DRX group, and/or if the target DRX group is the second DRX group, the UE adjusts DRX parameters for the second DRX group.

在各种实施例中,如果服务小区被指派到第一DRX群组,那么UE调整用于第一DRX群组的DRX参数,和/或如果服务小区被指派到第二DRX群组,那么UE调整用于第二DRX群组的DRX参数。In various embodiments, if the serving cell is assigned to the first DRX group, the UE adjusts DRX parameters for the first DRX group, and/or if the serving cell is assigned to the second DRX group, the UE adjusts DRX parameters for the second DRX group.

在各种实施例中,UE通过将第一值或第二值应用于DRX参数来调整DRX参数。In various embodiments, the UE adjusts the DRX parameter by applying the first value or the second value to the DRX parameter.

在各种实施例中,UE通过激活或撤销激活用第一值或第二值的DRX参数来调整DRX参数。In various embodiments, the UE adjusts the DRX parameter by activating or deactivating the DRX parameter with the first value or the second value.

在各种实施例中,服务小区是被指派到第一DRX群组还是第二DRX群组在第一信令中指示。In various embodiments, whether the serving cell is assigned to the first DRX group or the second DRX group is indicated in the first signaling.

在各种实施例中,第一DRX群组和第二DRX群组与同一MAC实体相关联。In various embodiments, the first DRX group and the second DRX group are associated with the same MAC entity.

现在参考图3和4,在从UE的角度的一个或多个实施例中,装置300包含存储在传送器的存储器310中的程序代码312。CPU 308可以执行程序代码312以:(i)接收配置用于第一DRX群组的DRX参数的至少一个值和用于第二DRX群组的DRX参数的至少一个值的第一信令;(ii)在服务小区中接收指示DRX参数的第一值或DRX参数的所述至少一个值的第二值的第二信令;以及(iii)基于在第二信令中指示的目标DRX群组或基于服务小区是被指派到第一DRX群组还是第二DRX群组而调整用于第一DRX群组或第二DRX群组的DRX参数。此外,CPU308可执行程序代码312以执行上文、下文或本文中另外描述的所有所描述动作、步骤和方法。Referring now to FIGS. 3 and 4 , in one or more embodiments from the perspective of a UE, the apparatus 300 includes program code 312 stored in a memory 310 of a transmitter. The CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to: (i) receive first signaling configuring at least one value of a DRX parameter for a first DRX group and at least one value of a DRX parameter for a second DRX group; (ii) receive second signaling in a serving cell indicating a first value of the DRX parameter or a second value of the at least one value of the DRX parameter; and (iii) adjust the DRX parameter for the first DRX group or the second DRX group based on a target DRX group indicated in the second signaling or based on whether the serving cell is assigned to the first DRX group or the second DRX group. In addition, the CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to perform all of the described actions, steps, and methods described above, below, or otherwise herein.

为了解决问题,UE可以接收例如与不同(类型的)接通持续时间和/或DRX循环相关的多个DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以被(预先)配置有多于一个DRX配置(的集合)(例如,用于不同接通持续时间和/或DRX循环)。所述多个DRX配置(的集合)和/或多于一个DRX配置(的集合)可以包括默认DRX配置(的集合)和/或额外DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以被配置有一个默认DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以被配置有一个或多于一个额外DRX配置(的集合)。当UE未被配置有额外DRX配置(的集合)时UE可以使用默认DRX配置(的集合)。额外DRX配置(的集合)可以与默认DRX配置(的集合)同时由UE使用。额外DRX配置(的集合)可以是不同于默认DRX配置(的集合)的DRX配置。默认DRX配置(的集合)和/或额外DRX配置(的集合)可以包括drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。To solve the problem, the UE may receive multiple DRX configurations (sets), for example, associated with different (types of) on-durations and/or DRX cycles. The UE may be (pre) configured with more than one DRX configuration (set) (e.g., for different on-durations and/or DRX cycles). The multiple DRX configurations (sets) and/or more than one DRX configuration (set) may include a default DRX configuration (set) and/or an additional DRX configuration (set). The UE may be configured with a default DRX configuration (set). The UE may be configured with one or more additional DRX configurations (sets). The UE may use the default DRX configuration (set) when the UE is not configured with an additional DRX configuration (set). The additional DRX configuration (set) may be used by the UE simultaneously with the default DRX configuration (set). The additional DRX configuration (set) may be a DRX configuration different from the default DRX configuration (set). The (set of) default DRX configurations and/or the (set of) additional DRX configurations may include drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer.

默认DRX配置(的集合)可以包含不包含在额外DRX配置(的集合)中的至少一个参数。所述至少一个参数可以包含drx-InactivityTimer、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL和/或drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。The (set of) default DRX configurations may include at least one parameter not included in the (set of) additional DRX configurations. The at least one parameter may include drx-InactivityTimer, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL and/or drx-RetransmissionTimerUL.

举例来说,在DRX操作中,UE使用额外DRX配置(的集合)中的第一参数,例如drx-StartOffset,以及默认DRX配置(的集合)中的第二参数,例如drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。UE也可以或可以不使用默认DRX配置(的集合)中的第一参数用于DRX操作。For example, in DRX operation, the UE uses a first parameter in the additional DRX configuration (set), such as drx-StartOffset, and a second parameter in the default DRX configuration (set), such as drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL. The UE may or may not use the first parameter in the default DRX configuration (set) for DRX operation.

UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有一个DRX群组和/或DRX配置的一个信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中(或与其相关联)的多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)。UE可以在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中接收DRX参数/配置。The UE may receive and/or be (pre-)configured with (a set of) multiple DRX parameters/configurations in (or associated with) an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) of a DRX group and/or DRX configuration. The UE may receive the DRX parameters/configurations in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration).

UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中(或与其相关联)的DRX参数/配置的列表。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有第一DRX参数/配置的列表。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有第二DRX参数/配置的列表。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有第三DRX参数/配置的列表。第一、第二和/或第三DRX参数/配置可以个别地在DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中配置。第一、第二和/或第三DRX参数/配置可以是drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。第一、第二和第三DRX参数/配置可以是不同DRX参数/配置。The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a list of DRX parameters/configurations in (or associated with) an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) of a DRX group and/or DRX configuration. The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a list of first DRX parameters/configurations. The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a list of second DRX parameters/configurations. The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a list of third DRX parameters/configurations. The first, second and/or third DRX parameters/configurations may be configured individually in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) of a DRX group and/or DRX configuration. The first, second and/or third DRX parameters/configurations may be drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer. The first, second and third DRX parameters/configurations may be different DRX parameters/configurations.

举例来说,UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-SlotOffset和/或drx-SlotOffset的列表。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-onDurationTimer和/或drx-onDurationTimer的列表。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-StartOffset和/或drx-StartOffset的列表。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-LongCycle和/或drx-LongCycle的列表。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-LongCycleStartOffset和/或drx-LongCycleStartOffset的列表。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-ShortCycle和/或drx-ShortCycle的列表。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-ShortCycleTimer和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer的列表。For example, the UE may be configured with a DRX group and/or a drx-SlotOffset and/or a list of drx-SlotOffset in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a DRX group and/or a drx-onDurationTimer and/or a list of drx-onDurationTimers in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a DRX group and/or a drx-StartOffset and/or a list of drx-StartOffset in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a DRX group and/or a drx-LongCycle and/or a list of drx-LongCycle in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a DRX group and/or a list of drx-LongCycleStartOffset and/or drx-LongCycleStartOffset in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a DRX group and/or a list of drx-ShortCycle and/or drx-ShortCycle in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a DRX group and/or a list of drx-ShortCycle and/or drx-ShortCycle in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a DRX group and/or a list of drx-ShortCycleTimer and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration).

UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中(或与其相关联)的DRX参数/配置的组合的列表。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有DRX参数/配置的第一集合的列表。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有DRX参数/配置的第二集合的列表。DRX参数/配置的第一集合和/或DRX参数/配置的第二集合可以包括drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。DRX参数/配置的集合可以参考或可以是DRX参数/配置的组合。DRX配置可以在DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中组合配置。The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a list of combinations of DRX parameters/configurations in (or associated with) an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) of a DRX group and/or DRX configuration. The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a list of a first set of DRX parameters/configurations. The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a list of a second set of DRX parameters/configurations. The first set of DRX parameters/configurations and/or the second set of DRX parameters/configurations may include drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer. The set of DRX parameters/configurations may refer to or may be a combination of DRX parameters/configurations. The DRX configuration may be configured in combination in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) of a DRX group and/or DRX configuration.

举例来说,UE可以被配置有DRX群组中和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的与接通持续时间和/或DRX循环相关的DRX配置的集合的列表。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-SlotOffset和drx-onDurationTimer的集合的列表。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle和/或drx-LongCycle的集合的列表。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-ShortCycle和drx-ShortCycleTimer的集合的列表。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的drx-onDurationTimer、drx-LongCycle和/或drx-LongCycle的集合的列表。For example, the UE may be configured with drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer in a DRX group and/or in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a list of sets of DRX configurations related to on-duration and/or DRX cycle in a DRX group and/or in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a list of sets of drx-SlotOffset and drx-onDurationTimer in a DRX group and/or in an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a list of sets of drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle and/or drx-LongCycle in a DRX group and/or an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a list of sets of drx-ShortCycle and drx-ShortCycleTimer in a DRX group and/or an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a list of sets of drx-onDurationTimer, drx-LongCycle and/or drx-LongCycle in a DRX group and/or an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of a DRX configuration).

UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的单个drx-InactivityTimer(例如,不是列表)。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的单个drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL(例如,不是列表)。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的单个drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL(例如,不是列表)。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的单个drx-RetransmissionTimerDL(例如,不是列表)。UE可以被配置有DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中的单个drx-RetransmissionTimerUL(例如,不是列表)。The UE may be configured with a single drx-InactivityTimer (e.g., not a list) in the DRX group and/or the information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of the DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a single drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL (e.g., not a list) in the DRX group and/or the information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of the DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a single drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL (e.g., not a list) in the DRX group and/or the information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of the DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a single drx-RetransmissionTimerDL (e.g., not a list) in the DRX group and/or the information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of the DRX configuration). The UE may be configured with a single drx-RetransmissionTimerUL (e.g., not a list) in the DRX group and/or the information element (e.g., DRX-Config) (of the DRX configuration).

UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有多个DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素中的不同DRX参数/配置。DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素可以是DRX-Config、DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup和/或新信息元素(例如,第三DRX群组、额外DRX群组)。UE可以在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中接收所述DRX配置。The UE may receive and/or be (pre-)configured with different DRX parameters/configurations in information elements of multiple DRX groups and/or DRX configurations. The information elements of the DRX group and/or DRX configuration may be DRX-Config, DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup and/or new information elements (e.g., third DRX group, additional DRX group). The UE may receive the DRX configuration in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration).

UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有多个DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素和/或其列表。DRX群组可以是和/或参考由网络配置的(DRX配置的)信息元素。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有第一DRX群组(例如,DRX-Config)。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有多于一个第一DRX群组(例如,DRX-Config)。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有多于一个第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有额外DRX群组(例如,第三DRX群组)。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有多于一个额外DRX群组(例如,第三DRX群组)。额外DRX群组可以是用于XR的DRX群组/配置。The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with multiple DRX groups and/or (DRX configured) information elements and/or lists thereof. The DRX group may be and/or refer to an information element (DRX configured) configured by the network. The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a first DRX group (e.g., DRX-Config). The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with more than one first DRX group (e.g., DRX-Config). The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a second DRX group (e.g., DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup). The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with more than one second DRX group (e.g., DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup). The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with an additional DRX group (e.g., a third DRX group). The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with more than one additional DRX group (e.g., a third DRX group). The additional DRX group may be a DRX group/configuration for XR.

第一DRX群组(例如,DRX-Config)、第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)和/或额外DRX群组(例如,第三DRX群组)可用于同一服务小区、在同一带宽部分(BWP)上和/或在同一频率范围中。服务小区可以同时被配置到第一DRX群组(例如,DRX-Config)、第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)和/或额外DRX群组(例如,第三DRX群组)。服务小区可以是主小区(PCell)、主次小区(PSCell)和/或次小区(SCell)。第一DRX群组(例如,DRX-Config)、第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)和/或额外DRX群组(例如,第三DRX群组)可用于不同服务小区、在不同BWP上和/或在不同频率范围中。The first DRX group (e.g., DRX-Config), the second DRX group (e.g., DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup), and/or the additional DRX group (e.g., the third DRX group) can be used for the same service cell, on the same bandwidth part (BWP), and/or in the same frequency range. The service cell can be configured to the first DRX group (e.g., DRX-Config), the second DRX group (e.g., DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup), and/or the additional DRX group (e.g., the third DRX group) at the same time. The service cell can be a primary cell (PCell), a primary secondary cell (PSCell), and/or a secondary cell (SCell). The first DRX group (e.g., DRX-Config), the second DRX group (e.g., DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup), and/or the additional DRX group (e.g., the third DRX group) can be used for different service cells, on different BWPs, and/or in different frequency ranges.

第一DRX群组(例如,DRX-Config)中的一个或多个可以包括与接通持续时间(例如,drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer)和/或DRX循环(例如,drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle、drx-ShortCycleTimer)相关的DRX参数/配置。与接通持续时间(例如,drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer)和/或DRX循环(例如,drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle、drx-ShortCycleTimer)相关的DRX参数/配置可以是(被配置为)第一DRX群组(例如,DRX-Config)中任选的。One or more of the first DRX group (e.g., DRX-Config) may include DRX parameters/configurations related to on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer) and/or DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle, drx-ShortCycleTimer). The DRX parameters/configurations related to on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer) and/or DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle, drx-ShortCycleTimer) may be (configured to be) optional in the first DRX group (e.g., DRX-Config).

第一DRX群组(例如,DRX-Config)中的一个或多个可以不包括与不作用时间(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)和/或重新传送时间(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)相关的DRX参数/配置。与不作用时间(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)和/或重新传送时间(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)相关的DRX参数/配置可以是(被配置为)第一DRX群组(例如,DRX-Config)中任选的。One or more of the first DRX group (e.g., DRX-Config) may not include DRX parameters/configurations related to inactivity time (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) and/or retransmission time (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL). DRX parameters/configurations related to inactivity time (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) and/or retransmission time (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL) may be (configured to be) optional in the first DRX group (e.g., DRX-Config).

第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)中的一个或多个可以包括与接通持续时间(例如,drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer)和/或DRX循环(例如,drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle、drx-ShortCycleTimer)相关的DRX参数/配置。与接通持续时间(例如,drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer)和/或DRX循环(例如,drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle、drx-ShortCycleTimer)相关的DRX参数/配置可以是(被配置为)第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)中任选的。与接通持续时间(例如,drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer)和/或DRX循环(例如,drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle、drx-ShortCycleTimer)相关的DRX参数/配置可以是(被配置为)第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)中强制的。One or more of the second DRX groups (e.g., DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup) may include DRX parameters/configurations related to on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer) and/or DRX cycles (e.g., drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle, drx-ShortCycleTimer). DRX parameters/configurations related to on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer) and/or DRX cycles (e.g., drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle, drx-ShortCycleTimer) may be (configured to be) optional in the second DRX group (e.g., DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup). DRX parameters/configurations related to on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer) and/or DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle, drx-ShortCycleTimer) may be (configured to be) mandatory in the second DRX group (e.g., DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup).

第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)中的一个或多个可以不包括与不作用时间(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)和/或重新传送时间(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)相关的DRX参数/配置。与不作用时间(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)相关的DRX参数/配置可以是(被配置为)第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)中任选的。One or more of the second DRX groups (e.g., DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup) may not include DRX parameters/configurations related to inactivity time (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) and/or retransmission time (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL). The DRX parameters/configurations related to inactivity time (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) may be (configured to be) optional in the second DRX group (e.g., DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup).

额外DRX群组中的一个或多个可以包括与接通持续时间(例如,drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer)和/或DRX循环(例如,drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle、drx-ShortCycleTimer)相关的DRX参数/配置。与接通持续时间(例如,drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer)和/或DRX循环(例如,drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle、drx-ShortCycleTimer)相关的DRX参数/配置可以是(被配置为)额外DRX群组中任选的。与接通持续时间(例如,drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer)和/或DRX循环(例如,drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle、drx-ShortCycleTimer)相关的DRX参数/配置可以是(被配置为)额外DRX群组中强制的。One or more of the additional DRX groups may include DRX parameters/configurations related to on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer) and/or DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle, drx-ShortCycleTimer). DRX parameters/configurations related to on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer) and/or DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle, drx-ShortCycleTimer) may be (configured to be) optional in the additional DRX groups. DRX parameters/configurations related to on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer) and/or DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle, drx-ShortCycleTimer) may be (configured to be) mandatory in an additional DRX group.

额外DRX群组中的一个或多个可以不包括与不作用时间(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)和/或重新传送时间(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)相关的DRX参数/配置。与不作用时间(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)和/或重新传送时间(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)相关的DRX参数/配置可以不在额外DRX群组中配置。One or more of the additional DRX groups may not include DRX parameters/configurations related to inactivity time (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) and/or retransmission time (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL). DRX parameters/configurations related to inactivity time (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) and/or retransmission time (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL) may not be configured in the additional DRX groups.

多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或多个DRX群组(例如,信息元素)可以应用于对应MAC实体的所有服务小区。多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或多个DRX群组(例如,信息元素)可以应用于特定服务小区。所述多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)中的多个和/或所述多个DRX群组中的多个可以(同时)应用于服务小区。Multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) (e.g., in one DRX group and/or one information element) and/or multiple DRX groups (e.g., information elements) may be applied to all serving cells of the corresponding MAC entity. Multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) (e.g., in one DRX group and/or one information element) and/or multiple DRX groups (e.g., information elements) may be applied to a specific serving cell. Multiple of the multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) and/or multiple of the multiple DRX groups may be (simultaneously) applied to a serving cell.

特定服务小区可以是用于XR服务的服务小区。特定服务小区可以在每一DRX参数/配置(的集合)中(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或每一DRX群组(例如,信息元素)中配置和/或指示。特定服务小区可以被配置和/或指示为与一个或多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或DRX群组(例如,信息元素)相关联。服务小区可以是PCell、PSCell和/或SCell。不同服务小区可以与具有多个流的XR服务或XR DL业务的不同流相关联。不同服务小区可以与不同XR服务相关联。A specific service cell may be a service cell for an XR service. A specific service cell may be configured and/or indicated in each DRX parameter/configuration (set) (e.g., in a DRX group and/or in an information element) and/or in each DRX group (e.g., an information element). A specific service cell may be configured and/or indicated as being associated with one or more DRX parameters/configurations (sets) (e.g., in a DRX group and/or in an information element) and/or a DRX group (e.g., an information element). A service cell may be a PCell, a PSCell and/or an SCell. Different service cells may be associated with different streams of an XR service or an XR DL service having multiple streams. Different service cells may be associated with different XR services.

贯穿本公开,不同DRX配置(的集合)和/或不同DRX群组可以对应于(或与其相关联或用于)具有多个流的XR服务或XR DL业务的不同流。不同DRX配置(的集合)和/或不同DRX群组可以对应于(或与其相关联或用于)不同XR服务。Throughout this disclosure, different (sets of) DRX configurations and/or different DRX groups may correspond to (or be associated with or used for) different flows of an XR service or XR DL service with multiple flows. Different (sets of) DRX configurations and/or different DRX groups may correspond to (or be associated with or used for) different XR services.

多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或多个DRX群组(例如,信息元素)可以应用于XR服务。多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或多个DRX群组(例如,信息元素)可以应用于对应MAC实体的所有HARQ过程。多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或多个DRX群组(例如,信息元素)可以应用于特定HARQ过程。Multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) (e.g., in one DRX group and/or one information element) and/or multiple DRX groups (e.g., information elements) may be applied to an XR service. Multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) (e.g., in one DRX group and/or one information element) and/or multiple DRX groups (e.g., information elements) may be applied to all HARQ processes of a corresponding MAC entity. Multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) (e.g., in one DRX group and/or one information element) and/or multiple DRX groups (e.g., information elements) may be applied to a specific HARQ process.

特定HARQ过程可以是用于XR服务的HARQ过程。特定HARQ过程可以在每一DRX参数/配置(的集合)中(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或每一DRX群组(例如,信息元素)中配置和/或指示。特定HARQ过程可以被配置和/或指示为与一个或多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或DRX群组(例如,信息元素)相关联。不同HARQ过程可以与具有多个流的XR服务或XR DL业务的不同流相关联。不同HARQ过程可以与不同XR服务相关联。A specific HARQ process may be a HARQ process for an XR service. A specific HARQ process may be configured and/or indicated in each DRX parameter/configuration (set) (e.g., in a DRX group and/or in an information element) and/or in each DRX group (e.g., an information element). A specific HARQ process may be configured and/or indicated as being associated with one or more DRX parameters/configurations (sets) (e.g., in a DRX group and/or in an information element) and/or a DRX group (e.g., an information element). Different HARQ processes may be associated with different streams of an XR service or an XR DL service having multiple streams. Different HARQ processes may be associated with different XR services.

多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或多个DRX群组(例如,信息元素)可以应用于所有BWP。多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或多个DRX群组(例如,信息元素)可以应用于特定BWP。(Sets of) multiple DRX parameters/configurations (e.g., in one DRX group and/or one information element) and/or multiple DRX groups (e.g., information elements) may apply to all BWPs. (Sets of) multiple DRX parameters/configurations (e.g., in one DRX group and/or one information element) and/or multiple DRX groups (e.g., information elements) may apply to a specific BWP.

特定BWP可以是用于XR服务的BWP。特定BWP可以在每一DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)中和/或每一DRX群组(例如,信息元素)中配置和/或指示。特定BWP可以被配置和/或指示为与一个或多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或DRX群组(例如,信息元素)相关联。不同BWP可以与具有多个流的XR服务或XR DL业务的不同流相关联。不同BWP可以与不同XR服务相关联。A specific BWP may be a BWP for an XR service. A specific BWP may be configured and/or indicated in each DRX parameter/configuration (set) (e.g., in a DRX group and/or an information element) and/or in each DRX group (e.g., an information element). A specific BWP may be configured and/or indicated as being associated with one or more DRX parameters/configurations (sets) (e.g., in a DRX group and/or an information element) and/or a DRX group (e.g., an information element). Different BWPs may be associated with different streams of an XR service or an XR DL service having multiple streams. Different BWPs may be associated with different XR services.

多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或多个DRX群组(例如,信息元素)可以应用于所有逻辑信道(LCH)和/或数据无线承载(DRB)。多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或多个DRX群组(例如,信息元素)可以应用于特定LCH或DRB。(Sets of) multiple DRX parameters/configurations (e.g., in one DRX group and/or one information element) and/or multiple DRX groups (e.g., information elements) may apply to all logical channels (LCHs) and/or data radio bearers (DRBs). (Sets of) multiple DRX parameters/configurations (e.g., in one DRX group and/or one information element) and/or multiple DRX groups (e.g., information elements) may apply to a specific LCH or DRB.

特定LCH和/或DRB可以是用于XR服务的LCH和/或DRB。特定LCH和/或DRB可以在每一DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)中和/或每一DRX群组(例如,信息元素)中配置和/或指示。特定LCH和/或DRB可以被配置和/或指示为与一个或多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)(例如,一个DRX群组和/或一个信息元素中)和/或DRX群组(例如,信息元素)相关联。不同LCH和/或DRB可以与具有多个流的XR服务或XR DL业务的不同流相关联。不同LCH和/或DRB可以与不同XR服务相关联。A specific LCH and/or DRB may be an LCH and/or DRB for an XR service. A specific LCH and/or DRB may be configured and/or indicated in each DRX parameter/configuration (set) (e.g., in a DRX group and/or an information element) and/or in each DRX group (e.g., an information element). A specific LCH and/or DRB may be configured and/or indicated as being associated with one or more DRX parameters/configurations (sets) (e.g., in a DRX group and/or an information element) and/or a DRX group (e.g., an information element). Different LCHs and/or DRBs may be associated with different streams of an XR service or an XR DL service having multiple streams. Different LCHs and/or DRBs may be associated with different XR services.

参看图15,关于本发明的此类和其它概念、系统和方法,用于无线通信系统中的UE的方法1020包括接收包括多个DRX配置的RRC消息(步骤1022)。15 , in connection with such and other concepts, systems and methods of the present invention, a method 1020 for a UE in a wireless communication system includes receiving an RRC message including a plurality of DRX configurations (step 1022 ).

在各种实施例中,所述多个DRX配置包括在DRX群组和/或信息元素中(或与其相关联)的DRX参数的一个或多个列表。In various embodiments, the plurality of DRX configurations comprises one or more lists of DRX parameters in (or associated with) DRX groups and/or information elements.

在各种实施例中,所述多个DRX配置包括在DRX群组和/或信息元素中(或与其相关联)的DRX参数的组合的一个或多个列表。In various embodiments, the plurality of DRX configurations comprises one or more lists of combinations of DRX parameters in (or associated with) DRX groups and/or information elements.

在各种实施例中,所述多个DRX配置包括一个或多个DRX群组和/或信息元素。In various embodiments, the plurality of DRX configurations include one or more DRX groups and/or information elements.

现在参考图3和4,在从UE的角度的一个或多个实施例中,装置300包含存储在传送器的存储器310中的程序代码312。CPU 308可以执行程序代码312以:(i)接收包括多个DRX配置的RRC消息。此外,CPU 308可执行程序代码312以执行上文、下文或本文中另外描述的所有所描述动作、步骤和方法。Referring now to Figures 3 and 4, in one or more embodiments from the perspective of a UE, an apparatus 300 includes program code 312 stored in a memory 310 of a transmitter. The CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to: (i) receive an RRC message including a plurality of DRX configurations. In addition, the CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to perform all described actions, steps, and methods described above, below, or otherwise herein.

为了解决问题,UE可以通过网络指示来使用和/或切换DRX配置。UE可以接收使用和/或切换DRX配置的(网络)指示。UE可以接收例如与不同(类型的)接通持续时间和/或DRX循环相关的多个DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以例如在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中被(预先)配置有多于一个DRX配置(的集合)(例如,用于不同接通持续时间和/或DRX循环)。所述DRX配置(的集合)可以与同一服务小区相关联,例如用于控制服务小区中的PDCCH监视。UE可以通过L1/L2信令/指示(例如,DCI、MAC CE)接收DRX配置的指示、激活和/或撤销激活。所述指示可以是L1/L2信令/指示(例如,DCI、MAC CE),例如用于DRX配置的激活和/或撤销激活。UE可以例如基于所述指示而使用(或切换到)所指示(激活)DRX配置。UE可以例如基于所述指示而激活和/或撤销激活所指示DRX配置。可以激活多个DRX配置(的集合)中的多于一个。UE可以使用所指示DRX配置用于XR服务。UE可以使用所指示DRX配置用于XR服务的特定流,例如由所述指示指示。To solve the problem, the UE can use and/or switch the DRX configuration through network indication. The UE can receive a (network) indication of using and/or switching the DRX configuration. The UE can receive, for example, multiple DRX configurations (sets) associated with different (types of) on-durations and/or DRX cycles. The UE can be (pre-) configured with more than one DRX configuration (set) (for example, for different on-durations and/or DRX cycles) in an RRC message (for example, RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The DRX configuration (set) can be associated with the same serving cell, for example, for controlling PDCCH monitoring in the serving cell. The UE can receive an indication, activation and/or deactivation of the DRX configuration through L1/L2 signaling/indication (for example, DCI, MAC CE). The indication can be L1/L2 signaling/indication (for example, DCI, MAC CE), for example, for activation and/or deactivation of the DRX configuration. The UE can use (or switch to) the indicated (activated) DRX configuration, for example, based on the indication. The UE may, for example, activate and/or deactivate the indicated DRX configuration based on the indication. More than one of the (set of) multiple DRX configurations may be activated. The UE may use the indicated DRX configuration for the XR service. The UE may use the indicated DRX configuration for a specific flow of the XR service, for example, as indicated by the indication.

所述多个DRX配置(的集合)和/或多于一个DRX配置(的集合)可以是和/或称为在一个DRX群组和/或DRX配置的一个信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中(或与其相关联)的多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中(或与其相关联)的DRX参数/配置的列表。DRX参数/配置可以是drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中(或与其相关联)的DRX参数/配置的组合的列表。DRX参数/配置可以在DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中组合配置。DRX参数/配置的组合可以包括drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。The multiple (sets of) DRX configurations and/or more than one DRX configuration (sets) may be and/or may be referred to as (sets of) multiple DRX parameters/configurations in (or associated with) an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) of a DRX group and/or DRX configuration. The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a list of DRX parameters/configurations in (or associated with) an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) of a DRX group and/or DRX configuration. The DRX parameters/configurations may be drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer. The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a list of combinations of DRX parameters/configurations in (or associated with) an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) of a DRX group and/or DRX configuration. The DRX parameters/configurations may be configured in combination in the information element of the DRX group and/or DRX configuration (e.g., DRX-Config). The combination of DRX parameters/configurations may include drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle, and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer.

所述多个DRX配置(的集合)和/或多于一个DRX配置(的集合)可以是和/或称为多个/不同DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素(中的不同DRX参数/配置)。DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素可以是DRX-Config、DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup和/或新信息元素(例如,第三DRX群组、额外DRX群组)。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有多个DRX群组和/或(DRX配置的)信息元素和/或其列表。DRX群组可以是和/或参考由网络配置的(DRX配置的)信息元素。额外DRX群组可以是用于XR的DRX群组/配置。第一DRX群组(例如,DRX-Config)、第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)和/或额外DRX群组(例如,第三DRX群组)可用于同一服务小区、在同一BWP上和/或在同一频率范围中。服务小区可以同时(例如,同时)被配置到第一DRX群组(例如,DRX-Config)、第二DRX群组(例如,DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup)和/或额外DRX群组(例如,第三DRX群组)。服务小区可以是PCell、PSCell和/或SCell。The multiple DRX configurations (sets) and/or more than one DRX configuration (sets) may be and/or be referred to as information elements (different DRX parameters/configurations) of multiple/different DRX groups and/or DRX configurations. The information elements of the DRX group and/or DRX configuration may be DRX-Config, DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup and/or new information elements (e.g., a third DRX group, an additional DRX group). The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with multiple DRX groups and/or (DRX configuration) information elements and/or lists thereof. The DRX group may be and/or refer to an information element (DRX configuration) configured by the network. The additional DRX group may be a DRX group/configuration for XR. The first DRX group (e.g., DRX-Config), the second DRX group (e.g., DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup) and/or the additional DRX group (e.g., the third DRX group) may be used for the same serving cell, on the same BWP and/or in the same frequency range. The serving cell may be configured to the first DRX group (eg, DRX-Config), the second DRX group (eg, DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup) and/or the additional DRX group (eg, the third DRX group) simultaneously (eg, simultaneously). The serving cell may be a PCell, a PSCell and/or a SCell.

UE可以同时使用多个DRX配置(的集合)中的一些或全部,例如用于服务小区。UE可以同时使用多于一个DRX配置(的集合),例如用于服务小区。可以同时激活多于一个DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以同时使用多个DRX配置(的集合)中的仅一个,例如用于服务小区。The UE may use some or all of the (sets of) multiple DRX configurations simultaneously, e.g., for a serving cell. The UE may use more than one (set of) DRX configurations simultaneously, e.g., for a serving cell. More than one (set of) DRX configurations may be activated simultaneously. The UE may use only one (set of) multiple DRX configurations simultaneously, e.g., for a serving cell.

所述多个DRX配置(的集合)和/或多于一个DRX配置(的集合)可以包括默认DRX配置(的集合)和/或额外DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以被配置有一个默认DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以被配置有一个或多个额外DRX配置(的集合)。额外DRX配置(的集合)可以与默认DRX配置(的集合)同时由UE使用。默认DRX配置(的集合)可以由网络撤销激活。默认DRX配置(的集合)可以不(被允许)例如通过指示由网络撤销激活。The multiple DRX configurations (sets) and/or more than one DRX configuration (set) may include a default DRX configuration (set) and/or an additional DRX configuration (set). The UE may be configured with one default DRX configuration (set). The UE may be configured with one or more additional DRX configurations (sets). The additional DRX configuration (set) may be used by the UE simultaneously with the default DRX configuration (set). The default DRX configuration (set) may be deactivated by the network. The default DRX configuration (set) may not (be allowed to) be deactivated by the network, for example, by indication.

当UE未被配置有额外DRX配置(的集合)时UE可以使用默认DRX配置(的集合)。当配置多个DRX配置(的集合)时UE可以使用默认DRX配置(的集合)。当UE被指示使用默认DRX配置(的集合)时UE可以使用默认DRX配置(的集合)。当默认DRX配置(的集合)由网络激活时UE可以使用默认DRX配置(的集合)。当UE未被指示使用默认DRX配置(的集合)和/或UE被指示不使用默认DRX配置(的集合)时UE可以不使用默认DRX配置(的集合)。当默认DRX配置(的集合)由网络撤销激活时UE可以不使用默认DRX配置(的集合)。当接收到从默认DRX配置(的集合)切换到额外DRX配置(的集合)的指示时UE可以不使用默认DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以在任何时间使用默认DRX配置(的集合)。The UE may use the default DRX configuration (set) when the UE is not configured with an additional DRX configuration (set). The UE may use the default DRX configuration (set) when multiple DRX configurations (set) are configured. The UE may use the default DRX configuration (set) when the UE is instructed to use the default DRX configuration (set). The UE may use the default DRX configuration (set) when the default DRX configuration (set) is activated by the network. The UE may not use the default DRX configuration (set) when the UE is not instructed to use the default DRX configuration (set) and/or the UE is instructed not to use the default DRX configuration (set). The UE may not use the default DRX configuration (set) when the default DRX configuration (set) is deactivated by the network. The UE may not use the default DRX configuration (set) when receiving an indication to switch from the default DRX configuration (set) to the additional DRX configuration (set). The UE may use the default DRX configuration (set) at any time.

当UE被指示使用额外DRX配置(的集合)时UE可以使用额外DRX配置(的集合)。当额外DRX配置(的集合)由网络激活时UE可以使用额外DRX配置(的集合)。当UE未被指示使用额外DRX配置(的集合)和/或UE被指示不使用额外DRX配置(的集合)时UE可以不使用额外DRX配置(的集合)。当额外DRX配置(的集合)由网络撤销激活时UE可以不使用额外DRX配置(的集合)。当配置多个DRX配置(的集合)时UE可以不使用额外DRX配置(的集合)。The UE may use the additional DRX configuration (set) when the UE is instructed to use the additional DRX configuration (set). The UE may use the additional DRX configuration (set) when the additional DRX configuration (set) is activated by the network. The UE may not use the additional DRX configuration (set) when the UE is not instructed to use the additional DRX configuration (set) and/or the UE is instructed not to use the additional DRX configuration (set). The UE may not use the additional DRX configuration (set) when the additional DRX configuration (set) is deactivated by the network. The UE may not use the additional DRX configuration (set) when multiple DRX configurations (sets) are configured.

默认DRX配置(的集合)和/或额外DRX配置(的集合)可以包括drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。额外DRX配置(的集合)可以是不同于默认DRX配置(的集合)的DRX配置。默认DRX配置(的集合)可以包含不包含在额外DRX配置(的集合)中的至少一个参数。所述至少一个参数可以包含drx-InactivityTimer、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL和/或drx-RetransmissionTimerUL。举例来说,在DRX操作中,UE使用额外DRX配置(的集合)中的第一参数,例如drx-StartOffset,以及默认DRX配置(的集合)中的第二参数,例如drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL。UE也可以或可以不使用默认DRX配置(的集合)中的第一参数用于DRX操作。The default DRX configuration (set) and/or the additional DRX configuration (set) may include drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer. The additional DRX configuration (set) may be a DRX configuration different from the default DRX configuration (set). The default DRX configuration (set) may include at least one parameter not included in the additional DRX configuration (set). The at least one parameter may include drx-InactivityTimer, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL and/or drx-RetransmissionTimerUL. For example, in DRX operation, the UE uses a first parameter in the additional DRX configuration (set), such as drx-StartOffset, and a second parameter in the default DRX configuration (set), such as drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL. The UE may or may not use the first parameter in the default DRX configuration (set) for DRX operation.

举例来说,UE可以使用和/或切换到所指示DRX配置(的集合)以执行DRX操作,例如服务小区中的PDCCH监视。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置多个DRX配置(的集合),例如在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中。UE可以使用第一DRX配置(的集合)(例如,默认DRX配置(的集合))执行DRX操作,例如在接收到DRX配置之后。For example, the UE may use and/or switch to the indicated DRX configuration (set) to perform DRX operations, such as PDCCH monitoring in the serving cell. The UE may receive and/or be (pre-)configured with multiple DRX configurations (sets), such as in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The UE may perform DRX operations using a first DRX configuration (set), such as a default DRX configuration (set), such as after receiving the DRX configuration.

UE可以接收多个DRX配置(的集合)中的一个的指示(例如,通过DCI和/或MAC CE)。UE可以接收指示第二DRX配置(的集合)的第一指示(例如,通过DCI和/或MAC CE)。UE可以响应于接收到第一指示而使用第二DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以使用第一DRX配置(的集合)和第二DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以不响应于接收到第一指示而使用第一DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以接收指示第三DRX配置(的集合)的第二指示。UE可以响应于接收到第二指示而使用第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以不响应于接收到第二指示而使用第二DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。The UE may receive an indication of one of a plurality of DRX configurations (sets) (e.g., via a DCI and/or a MAC CE). The UE may receive a first indication indicating a second DRX configuration (set) (e.g., via a DCI and/or a MAC CE). The UE may perform DRX operation using the second DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the first indication. The UE may perform DRX operation using the first DRX configuration (set) and the second DRX configuration (set). The UE may not perform DRX operation using the first DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the first indication. The UE may receive a second indication indicating a third DRX configuration (set). The UE may perform DRX operation using the third DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the second indication. The UE may not perform DRX operation using the second DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the second indication.

UE可以接收所述多个DRX配置(的集合)中的多个的指示(例如,通过DCI和/或MACCE)。UE可以接收指示第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)的第一指示。UE可以响应于接收到第一指示而使用第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以或可以不响应于接收到第一指示而使用第一DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以接收指示第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)的第二指示。UE可以响应于接收到第二指示而使用第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以不响应于接收到第二指示而使用第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。The UE may receive an indication of multiple of the multiple DRX configurations (sets) (e.g., via DCI and/or MAC CE). The UE may receive a first indication indicating a second and/or third DRX configuration (set). The UE may perform DRX operation using the second and/or third DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the first indication. The UE may or may not perform DRX operation using the first DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the first indication. The UE may receive a second indication indicating a fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set). The UE may perform DRX operation using the fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the second indication. The UE may not perform DRX operation using the second and/or third DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the second indication.

举例来说,UE可以激活所指示DRX配置(的集合)以执行DRX操作(例如,服务小区中的PDCCH监视),和/或撤销激活当前DRX配置(的集合)(例如,在接收到激活之前由UE使用的DRX配置(的集合))。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置多个DRX配置(的集合),例如在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中。UE可以使用第一DRX配置(的集合)(例如,默认DRX配置(的集合))执行DRX操作,例如在接收到DRX配置之后。For example, the UE may activate the indicated DRX configuration (set) to perform DRX operation (e.g., PDCCH monitoring in the serving cell), and/or deactivate the current DRX configuration (set) (e.g., the DRX configuration (set) used by the UE before receiving the activation). The UE may receive and/or be (pre-)configured with multiple DRX configurations (sets), for example in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The UE may perform DRX operation using a first DRX configuration (set) (e.g., a default DRX configuration (set)), for example, after receiving the DRX configuration.

UE可以接收多个DRX配置(的集合)中的一个的激活(的指示)(例如,通过DCI和/或MAC CE)。UE可以接收指示第二DRX配置(的集合)的第一激活(的指示)。UE可以响应于接收到第一激活(的指示)而激活第二DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以或可以不响应于接收到第一激活(的指示)而撤销激活第一DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于激活第二DRX配置(的集合)而使用第二DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以或可以不响应于激活第二DRX配置(的集合)而使用第一DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以接收指示第三DRX配置(的集合)的第二激活(的指示)。UE可以响应于接收到第二激活(的指示)而激活第三DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于接收到第二激活(的指示)而撤销激活第二DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于激活第三DRX配置(的集合)而使用第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。The UE may receive (an indication of) activation of one of (a set of) multiple DRX configurations (for example, via a DCI and/or a MAC CE). The UE may receive (an indication of) a first activation indicating (a set of) a second DRX configuration. The UE may activate (a set of) the second DRX configuration in response to receiving (an indication of) the first activation. The UE may or may not deactivate (a set of) the first DRX configuration in response to receiving (an indication of) the first activation. The UE may perform DRX operation using (a set of) the second DRX configuration in response to activating (a set of) the second DRX configuration. The UE may or may not perform DRX operation using (a set of) the first DRX configuration in response to activating (a set of) the second DRX configuration. The UE may receive (an indication of) a second activation indicating (a set of) a third DRX configuration. The UE may activate (a set of) the third DRX configuration in response to receiving (an indication of) the second activation. The UE may deactivate (a set of) the second DRX configuration in response to receiving (an indication of) the second activation. The UE may perform DRX operation using the third DRX configuration (the set of) in response to activating the third DRX configuration (the set of) .

UE可以接收所述多个DRX配置(的集合)中的多个的激活(的指示)(例如,通过DCI和/或MAC CE)。UE可以接收指示第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)的第一激活(的指示)。UE可以响应于接收到第一激活(的指示)而激活第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以或可以不响应于接收到第一激活(的指示)而撤销激活第一DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于激活第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)而使用第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以或可以不响应于激活第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)而使用第一DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以接收指示第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)的第二激活(的指示)。UE可以响应于接收到第二激活(的指示)而激活第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于接收到第二激活(的指示)而撤销激活第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于激活第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)而使用第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。The UE may receive activation (indication) of multiple of the multiple DRX configurations (sets) (e.g., via DCI and/or MAC CE). The UE may receive a first activation (indication) indicating a second and/or third DRX configuration (set). The UE may activate the second and/or third DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the first activation (indication). The UE may or may not deactivate the first DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the first activation (indication). The UE may perform DRX operation using the second and/or third DRX configuration (set) in response to activating the second and/or third DRX configuration (set). The UE may or may not perform DRX operation using the first DRX configuration (set) in response to activating the second and/or third DRX configuration (set). The UE may receive a second activation (indication) indicating a fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set). The UE may activate the fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the second activation (indication). The UE may deactivate the second and/or third DRX configurations (sets) in response to receiving (an indication of) the second activation. The UE may perform DRX operations using the fourth and/or fifth DRX configurations (sets) in response to activating (a set of) the fourth and/or fifth DRX configurations.

举例来说,UE可以激活和/或撤销激活所指示DRX配置(的集合)以执行DRX操作,例如服务小区中的PDCCH监视。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置多个DRX配置(的集合),例如在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中。UE可以使用第一DRX配置(的集合)(例如,默认DRX配置(的集合))执行DRX操作,例如在接收到DRX配置之后。For example, the UE may activate and/or deactivate the indicated DRX configuration (set) to perform DRX operation, such as PDCCH monitoring in the serving cell. The UE may receive and/or be (pre-)configured with multiple DRX configurations (sets), such as in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The UE may perform DRX operation using a first DRX configuration (set), such as a default DRX configuration (set), such as after receiving the DRX configuration.

UE可以接收多个DRX配置(的集合)中的一个的激活(的指示)(例如,通过DCI和/或MAC CE)。UE可以接收指示第二DRX配置(的集合)的第一激活(的指示)。UE可以响应于接收到第一激活(的指示)而激活第二DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于激活第二DRX配置(的集合)而使用第一和/或第二DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以接收指示第三DRX配置(的集合)的第二激活(的指示)。UE可以响应于接收到第二激活(的指示)而激活第三DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于激活第三DRX配置(的集合)而使用第一、第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以接收指示第二DRX配置(的集合)的第三撤销激活(的指示)。UE可以响应于接收到第三激活(的指示)而撤销激活第二DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于撤销激活第二DRX配置(的集合)而使用第一和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。The UE may receive (an indication of) activation of one of (a set of) multiple DRX configurations (for example, via a DCI and/or a MAC CE). The UE may receive (an indication of) a first activation indicating (a set of) a second DRX configuration. The UE may activate (a set of) a second DRX configuration in response to receiving (an indication of) the first activation. The UE may perform DRX operations using the first and/or second DRX configurations (sets) in response to activating (a set of) the second DRX configuration. The UE may receive (an indication of) a second activation indicating (a set of) a third DRX configuration. The UE may activate (a set of) a third DRX configuration in response to receiving (an indication of) the second activation. The UE may perform DRX operations using the first, second and/or third DRX configurations (sets) in response to activating (a set of) the third DRX configuration. The UE may receive (an indication of) a third deactivation indicating (a set of) a second DRX configuration. The UE may deactivate (a set of) the second DRX configuration in response to receiving (a indication of) the third activation. The UE may perform DRX operation using the first and/or third DRX configuration (set) in response to deactivating the second DRX configuration (set).

UE可以接收所述多个DRX配置(的集合)中的多个的激活(的指示)(例如,通过DCI和/或MAC CE)。UE可以接收指示第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)的第一激活(的指示)。UE可以响应于接收到第一激活(的指示)而激活第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于激活第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)而使用第一、第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以接收指示第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)的第二激活(的指示)。UE可以响应于接收到第二激活(的指示)而激活第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于激活第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)而使用第一、第二、第三、第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以接收指示第二和/或第四DRX配置(的集合)的第三撤销激活(的指示)。UE可以响应于接收到第三激活(的指示)而撤销激活第二和/或第四DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以响应于撤销激活第二和/或第四DRX配置(的集合)而使用第一、第三和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。The UE may receive activation (indication) of multiple of the multiple DRX configurations (sets) (e.g., via DCI and/or MAC CE). The UE may receive a first activation (indication) indicating a second and/or third DRX configuration (set). The UE may activate the second and/or third DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the first activation (indication). The UE may perform DRX operation using the first, second and/or third DRX configuration (set) in response to activating the second and/or third DRX configuration (set). The UE may receive a second activation (indication) indicating a fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set). The UE may activate the fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving the second activation (indication). The UE may perform DRX operation using the first, second, third, fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set) in response to activating the fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set). The UE may receive a third deactivation (indication) indicating the second and/or fourth DRX configuration (set). The UE may deactivate the second and/or fourth DRX configuration (set) in response to receiving (an indication of) the third activation. The UE may perform DRX operation using the first, third and/or fifth DRX configuration (set) in response to deactivating the second and/or fourth DRX configuration (set).

响应于接收到指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以将确认(例如,ACK)传送到NW。所述确认可以是UCI、MAC CE和/或UAI。In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may transmit an acknowledgement (eg, ACK) to the NW. The acknowledgement may be UCI, MAC CE and/or UAI.

响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以在以下第一时序(中的至少一个)时或之后使用和/或激活指示/对应DRX配置(的集合):In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may use and/or activate the indication/corresponding DRX configuration (set) at or after (at least one of) the following first timings:

-所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示的接收(之后的第一符号);- Receipt of said indication and/or indication of activation/deactivation (first symbol thereafter);

-所述确认的传送(之后的第一符号);- the transmission of said acknowledgement (first symbol thereafter);

-特定PDCCH时机(例如,在标准中预定义的所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示中指示);- a specific PDCCH opportunity (e.g. indicated in the indication predefined in the standard and/or in the indication of activation/deactivation);

-时间延迟(例如,在标准中预定义的所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示中指示);和/或- a time delay (e.g. indicated in said indication predefined in the standard and/or in the indication for activation/deactivation); and/or

-当与DRX配置相关联的定时器(重新)启动时。- When a timer associated with the DRX configuration is (re)started.

在接收所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示之前使用的DRX配置(的集合)可以在所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示的适用时间之后激活/使用。在所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示中指示/激活的DRX配置(的集合)可以在所述指示和/或激活的指示的适用时间之后撤销激活。在所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示中撤销激活的DRX配置(的集合)可以在撤销激活的指示的适用时间之后激活。所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示的适用时间可以是在第一时序到第二时序之间的持续时间。The (set of) DRX configurations used before receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation may be activated/used after the applicable time of the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation. The (set of) DRX configurations indicated/activated in the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation may be deactivated after the applicable time of the indication and/or the indication of activation. The (set of) DRX configurations deactivated in the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation may be activated after the applicable time of the indication of deactivation. The applicable time of the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation may be a duration between the first timing sequence and the second timing sequence.

响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以在以下第二时序(中的至少一个)时或之后停止应用所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示:In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may stop applying the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation at or after (at least one of) the following second timings:

-特定PDCCH时机(例如,在标准中预定义的所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示中指示);- a specific PDCCH opportunity (e.g. indicated in the indication predefined in the standard and/or in the indication of activation/deactivation);

-时间延迟(例如,在标准中预定义的所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示中指示);- a time delay (e.g. indicated in said indication predefined in the standard and/or in the indication for activation/deactivation);

-定时器到期;-Timer expires;

-若干次DL接收;和/或- several DL receptions; and/or

-若干个DRX循环或接通持续时间。- A number of DRX cycles or On-Durations.

UE可以在(至少)上述时序之前使用所指示/对应DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以在(至少)上述时序之后不使用所指示/对应DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以在(至少)上述时序时或之后使用最后使用的DRX配置(的集合)(例如,在接收所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示之前由UE使用的DRX配置(的集合))。响应于(至少)上述时序(例如,UE停止使用所指示/对应DRX配置(的集合)),UE可以使用、激活和/或切换到最后使用的DRX配置(的集合)(例如,在接收所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示之前由UE使用的DRX配置(的集合))。The UE may use the indicated/corresponding DRX configuration (set) before (at least) the above timing. The UE may not use the indicated /corresponding DRX configuration (set) after (at least) the above timing. The UE may use the last used DRX configuration (set) (for example, the DRX configuration (set) used by the UE before receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation) at or after (at least) the above timing. In response to (at least) the above timing (for example, the UE stops using the indicated/corresponding DRX configuration (set)), the UE may use, activate and/or switch to the last used DRX configuration (set) (for example, the DRX configuration (set) used by the UE before receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation).

UE可以在使用/激活/撤销激活所指示/对应DRX配置(的集合)之后增加用于每一DRX循环、接通持续时间、PDCCH时机和/或DL接收的计数器。UE可以当计数器小于和/或不大于所指示值时使用所指示/对应DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以当计数器小于和/或不大于所指示值时不使用所指示/对应DRX配置(的集合)。The UE may increase the counter for each DRX cycle, on-duration, PDCCH opportunity and/or DL reception after using/activating/deactivating the indicated/corresponding DRX configuration (set). The UE may use the indicated/corresponding DRX configuration (set) when the counter is less than and/or not greater than the indicated value. The UE may not use the indicated/corresponding DRX configuration (set) when the counter is less than and/or not greater than the indicated value.

在一个实例中,响应于接收到指示第二DRX配置(的集合)的第一指示,UE可以在第一指示的接收(之后的第一符号)时使用第二DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以在第一指示的接收(之后的第一符号)之后的预定义数目的PDCCH时机时/之后停止使用第二DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以在第一指示的接收(之后的第一符号)之后的预定义数目的PDCCH时机时/之后使用第一DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。In one example, in response to receiving a first indication indicating a second DRX configuration (set), the UE may perform DRX operation using the second DRX configuration (set) upon reception of (the first symbol after) the first indication. The UE may stop performing DRX operation using the second DRX configuration (set) upon/after a predefined number of PDCCH opportunities after (the first symbol after) the reception of the first indication. The UE may perform DRX operation using the first DRX configuration (set) upon/after a predefined number of PDCCH opportunities after (the first symbol after) the reception of the first indication.

在一个实例中,响应于接收到指示第三DRX配置(的集合)的第二指示,UE可以在确认的传送(之后的第一符号)时使用第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以在确认的传送(之后的第一符号)之后的所指示数目的PDCCH时机时停止使用第二DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以在确认的传送(之后的第一符号)之后的所指示数目的PDCCH时机时使用第二DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。In one example, in response to receiving a second indication indicating a third DRX configuration (set), the UE may perform DRX operation using the third DRX configuration (set) at (the first symbol after) the confirmed transmission. The UE may stop performing DRX operation using the second DRX configuration (set) at an indicated number of PDCCH opportunities after (the first symbol after) the confirmed transmission. The UE may perform DRX operation using the second DRX configuration (set) at an indicated number of PDCCH opportunities after (the first symbol after) the confirmed transmission.

在一个实例中,响应于接收到指示第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)的第一指示,UE可以在预定义数目的PDCCH时机时/之后(例如,在接收第一指示之后)使用第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以在UE开始使用第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)之后的预定义时间延迟(例如,以毫秒计)时停止使用第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以在UE开始使用第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)之后的预定义时间延迟(例如,以毫秒计)时使用第一DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。In one example, in response to receiving a first indication indicating a second and/or third DRX configuration (set), the UE may perform DRX operation using the second and/or third DRX configuration (set) at/after a predefined number of PDCCH opportunities (e.g., after receiving the first indication). The UE may stop performing DRX operation using the second and/or third DRX configuration (set) at a predefined time delay (e.g., in milliseconds) after the UE starts using the second and/or third DRX configuration (set). The UE may perform DRX operation using the first DRX configuration (set) at a predefined time delay (e.g., in milliseconds) after the UE starts using the second and/or third DRX configuration (set).

在一个实例中,响应于接收到指示第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)的第二指示,UE可以在第二指示中指示的PDCCH时机时使用第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以在UE开始使用第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)之后的所指示时间延迟(例如,以毫秒计)时停止使用第四和/或第五DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。UE可以在UE开始使用第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)之后的所指示时间延迟(例如,以毫秒计)时使用第二和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。In one example, in response to receiving a second indication indicating a fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set), the UE may perform DRX operation using the fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set) at the PDCCH timing indicated in the second indication. The UE may stop performing DRX operation using the fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set) at an indicated time delay (e.g., in milliseconds) after the UE starts using the fourth and/or fifth DRX configuration (set). The UE may perform DRX operation using the second and/or third DRX configuration (set) at an indicated time delay (e.g., in milliseconds) after the UE starts using the second and/or third DRX configuration (set).

在一个实例中,响应于接收到指示第二DRX配置(的集合)的第一激活(的指示),UE可以在所指示数目的PDCCH时机(例如,在第一激活(的指示)中指示)时/之后,例如在接收第一激活(的指示)之后激活第二DRX配置(的集合)以执行DRX操作。UE可以响应于激活第二DRX配置(的集合)而启动定时器。在定时器到期时,UE可以停止使用第二DRX配置(的集合)和/或撤销激活第二DRX配置(的集合)。在定时器到期时,UE可以使用第一和/或第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。In one example, in response to receiving a first activation (indication) indicating a second DRX configuration (set), the UE may activate the second DRX configuration (set) to perform DRX operation at/after an indicated number of PDCCH opportunities (e.g., indicated in the first activation (indication)), e.g., after receiving the first activation (indication). The UE may start a timer in response to activating the second DRX configuration (set). Upon expiration of the timer, the UE may stop using the second DRX configuration (set) and/or deactivate the second DRX configuration (set). Upon expiration of the timer, the UE may perform DRX operation using the first and/or third DRX configuration (set).

在一个实例中,响应于接收到指示第三DRX配置(的集合)的第二激活(的指示),UE可以在预定义时间延迟时/之后(例如,在接收第二激活(的指示)之后)激活第三DRX配置(的集合)以执行DRX操作。UE可以在使用/激活第三DRX配置(的集合)之后增加用于每一DL接收的计数器。UE可以在若干次DL接收之后(例如,计数器大于所指示值/阈值)停止使用第三DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作和/或撤销激活第三DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以在若干次DL接收之后(例如,计数器大于所指示值/阈值)使用第二DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。In one example, in response to receiving (an indication of) a second activation indicating a third DRX configuration (set), the UE may activate (a set of) the third DRX configuration to perform DRX operation at/after a predefined time delay (e.g., after receiving (an indication of) the second activation). The UE may increase a counter for each DL reception after using/activating (a set of) the third DRX configuration. The UE may stop using (a set of) the third DRX configuration to perform DRX operation and/or deactivate (a set of) the third DRX configuration after a number of DL receptions (e.g., the counter is greater than the indicated value/threshold). The UE may perform DRX operation using (a set of) the second DRX configuration after a number of DL receptions (e.g., the counter is greater than the indicated value/threshold).

在一个实例中,响应于接收到指示第二DRX配置(的集合)的第三撤销激活(的指示),UE可以在所指示时间延迟(例如,在第一激活(的指示)中指示)时/之后,例如在接收第三撤销激活(的指示)之后撤销激活第二DRX配置(的集合)以执行DRX操作。UE可以在撤销激活第二DRX配置(的集合)之后增加用于每一DRX循环的计数器。UE可以在若干个DRX循环之后(例如,计数器大于所指示值/阈值)激活第二DRX配置(的集合)以执行DRX操作。UE可以在若干个DRX循环之后(例如,计数器大于所指示值/阈值)激活和/或使用第二DRX配置(的集合)执行DRX操作。In one example, in response to receiving a third deactivation (indication of) indicating a second DRX configuration (set), the UE may deactivate the second DRX configuration (set) to perform DRX operation at/after an indicated time delay (e.g., indicated in the first activation (indication)), e.g., after receiving the third deactivation (indication of). The UE may increase a counter for each DRX cycle after deactivating the second DRX configuration (set). The UE may activate the second DRX configuration (set) to perform DRX operation after a number of DRX cycles (e.g., the counter is greater than the indicated value/threshold). The UE may activate and/or perform DRX operation using the second DRX configuration (set) after a number of DRX cycles (e.g., the counter is greater than the indicated value/threshold).

UE可以在相关联DRX群组和/或DRX配置的DRX作用时间期间监视所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示。替代地,UE可以当相关联DRX群组和/或DRX配置的drx-onDurationTimer处于运行中时监视所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示。UE可以在相关联DRX群组和/或DRX配置的DRX作用时间之外不监视所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示。替代地,UE可以当相关联DRX群组和/或DRX配置的drx-onDurationTimer不处于运行中时不监视所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示。The UE may monitor the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation during the DRX action time of the associated DRX group and/or DRX configuration. Alternatively, the UE may monitor the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation when the drx-onDurationTimer of the associated DRX group and/or DRX configuration is in operation. The UE may not monitor the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation outside the DRX action time of the associated DRX group and/or DRX configuration. Alternatively, the UE may not monitor the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation when the drx-onDurationTimer of the associated DRX group and/or DRX configuration is not in operation.

响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以停止相关联DRX群组和/或DRX配置的一个或多个DRX定时器。响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以不停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer),例如保持定时器运行。响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以重新启动接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。UE可以使用DRX循环的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)和DRX循环的开始偏移(例如,drx-StartOffset)基于公式确定DRX循环。换句话说,UE可以在基于由所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示指示的信息(例如,与开始偏移)相关联(例如,使用由所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示指示的信息基于公式)计算的时序处重新启动接通持续时间定时器。响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以停止(所有)非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以不停止非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)(中的任一个),例如保持定时器运行。响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以重新启动(所有)非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以启动非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may stop one or more DRX timers of the associated DRX group and/or DRX configuration. In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may stop the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer). In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may not stop the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer), for example, keeping the timer running. In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may restart the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer). The UE may determine the DRX cycle based on a formula using the length/duration of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) and the start offset of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset). In other words, the UE may restart the on-duration timer at a timing calculated based on the information indicated by the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation (e.g., with the start offset) in association (e.g., using the information indicated by the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation based on a formula). In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may stop (all) inactive timers (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer). In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may not stop (any of) the inactive timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer), for example, keeping the timer running. In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may restart (all) inactive timers (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer). In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may start the inactive timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer).

响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以不停止重新传送定时器(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerDL和/或drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)(中的任一个),例如保持定时器运行。响应于接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示,UE可以不停止RTT定时器(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL)(中的任一个),例如保持定时器运行。In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may not stop (either of) the retransmission timer (e.g., drx-RetransmissionTimerDL and/or drx-RetransmissionTimerUL), for example, keep the timer running. In response to receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation, the UE may not stop (either of) the RTT timer (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL), for example, keep the timer running.

UE可以响应于接收到激活另一DRX配置(的集合)的指示而不停止与DRX配置(的集合)相关联的接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer),例如保持定时器运行。The UE may, in response to receiving an indication to activate another DRX configuration (set), not stop an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) associated with the DRX configuration (set), for example by keeping the timer running.

UE可以响应于以下各项而停止与DRX配置(的集合)相关联的接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer):The UE may stop an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) associated with (a set of) DRX configurations in response to:

-接收到撤销激活DRX配置(的集合)或从DRX配置(的集合)切换到另一DRX配置(的集合)的指示;或- receiving an indication to deactivate a (set of) DRX configurations or switch from a (set of) DRX configurations to another (set of) DRX configurations; or

-传送对所述指示的确认。- transmitting a confirmation of said indication.

UE可以在接收到所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示后停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以在传送对所述指示和/或激活/撤销激活的指示的确认后停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以在使用/激活/撤销激活所指示DRX配置(的集合)后停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。The UE may stop an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) after receiving the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation. The UE may stop an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) after transmitting a confirmation of the indication and/or the indication of activation/deactivation. The UE may stop an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) after using/activating/deactivating the indicated DRX configuration (set).

举例来说,如图17所示,UE可以接收L1/L2指示以例如在时序a调整DRX参数(例如,drx-StartOffset、drx-SlotOffset)。UE可以例如在时序b响应于L1/L2指示的接收而传送确认(例如,ACK)。UE可以响应于接收L1/L2指示或传送ACK而停止或(重新)启动DRX定时器。For example, as shown in FIG. 17 , the UE may receive an L1/L2 indication to adjust a DRX parameter (e.g., drx-StartOffset, drx-SlotOffset), for example, at timing a. The UE may transmit an acknowledgement (e.g., ACK) in response to receiving the L1/L2 indication, for example, at timing b. The UE may stop or (re)start the DRX timer in response to receiving the L1/L2 indication or transmitting the ACK.

在一个实例中,UE可以在由L1/L2指示指示的时序(例如,图17中的时序c)重新启动DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。时序c是基于由L1/L2指示指示的drx-StartOffset或drx-SlotOffset的值计算的。In one example, the UE may restart the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) at a timing indicated by the L1/L2 indication (e.g., timing c in FIG. 17 ). The timing c is calculated based on the value of drx-StartOffset or drx-SlotOffset indicated by the L1/L2 indication.

在一个实例中,UE可以响应于L1/L2指示的接收(或在此时/之后)停止DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer和/或drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以在图17中的时序a停止DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer和/或drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以在由L1/L2指示指示的时序(例如,图17中的时序c)启动drx-onDurationTimer。时序c是基于由L1/L2指示指示的drx-StartOffset或drx-SlotOffset的值计算的。In one example, the UE may stop a DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer and/or drx-InactivityTimer) in response to (or at/after) receipt of an L1/L2 indication. The UE may stop a DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer and/or drx-InactivityTimer) at timing a in FIG. 17 . The UE may start drx-onDurationTimer at a timing indicated by the L1/L2 indication (e.g., timing c in FIG. 17 ). Timing c is calculated based on the value of drx-StartOffset or drx-SlotOffset indicated by the L1/L2 indication.

在一个实例中,UE可以响应于ACK的传送(或在此时/之后)停止DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer和/或drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以在图17中的时序b停止DRX定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer和/或drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以在由L1/L2指示指示的时序(例如,图17中的时序c)启动drx-onDurationTimer。时序c是基于由L1/L2指示指示的drx-StartOffset或drx-SlotOffset的值计算的。In one example, the UE may stop the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer and/or drx-InactivityTimer) in response to the transmission of the ACK (or at this time/after). The UE may stop the DRX timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer and/or drx-InactivityTimer) at timing b in FIG. 17 . The UE may start the drx-onDurationTimer at a timing indicated by the L1/L2 indication (e.g., timing c in FIG. 17 ). The timing c is calculated based on the value of the drx-StartOffset or drx-SlotOffset indicated by the L1/L2 indication.

上述和本文中的所有概念、实施例和实例可合并成新概念和/或新概念组合。All concepts, embodiments and examples described above and herein may be combined into new concepts and/or new concept combinations.

所述多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)可以用于单播。所述多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)可以不由多播使用。所述多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)可以用于下行链路。所述多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)可以不与侧链路相关。The multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) may be used for unicast. The multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) may not be used by multicast. The multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) may be used for downlink. The multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) may not be related to the sidelink.

上文和此处提到的DRX配置、(多个)DRX配置的集合、默认DRX配置(的集合)和/或额外DRX配置(的集合)可以被配置成用于(同一)服务小区(的集合)。上文和此处提到的DRX配置、(多个)DRX配置的集合、默认DRX配置(的集合)和/或额外DRX配置(的集合)可以被配置成用于一个或多个XR服务。The DRX configurations, sets of (multiple) DRX configurations, default DRX configurations (sets) and/or additional DRX configurations (sets) mentioned above and herein may be configured for (the same) serving cell (sets). The DRX configurations, sets of (multiple) DRX configurations, default DRX configurations (sets) and/or additional DRX configurations (sets) mentioned above and herein may be configured for one or more XR services.

UE可以例如在来自网络的RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中接收与DRX相关的参数和/或配置。UE可以在RRC非作用模式、RRC空闲模式和/或RRC连接模式中接收RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)。The UE may receive DRX-related parameters and/or configurations, for example, in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration) from the network. The UE may receive RRC messages (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration) in RRC inactive mode, RRC idle mode, and/or RRC connected mode.

本文的UE可指代UE、UE的MAC实体、UE的HARQ实体或UE的RRC实体。The UE in this document may refer to the UE, a MAC entity of the UE, a HARQ entity of the UE, or an RRC entity of the UE.

本文的UE可以是NR装置。本文的UE可以是NR轻型装置。本文的UE可以是能力不足的装置。本文的UE可以是移动电话。本文的UE可以是可穿戴式装置。本文的UE可以是传感器。本文的UE可以是固定装置。本文的UE可以是头戴式显示器(HMD)。The UE herein may be a NR device. The UE herein may be a NR light device. The UE herein may be a device with insufficient capabilities. The UE herein may be a mobile phone. The UE herein may be a wearable device. The UE herein may be a sensor. The UE herein may be a fixed device. The UE herein may be a head mounted display (HMD).

本文的网络可以是网络节点。本文的网络可以是基站。本文的网络可以是接入点。本文的网络可以是eNB。本文的网络可以是gNB。本文的网络可以是网关。The network in this article may be a network node. The network in this article may be a base station. The network in this article may be an access point. The network in this article may be an eNB. The network in this article may be a gNB. The network in this article may be a gateway.

参看图18,关于本发明的此类和其它概念、系统和方法,用于无线通信系统中的UE的方法1030包括:接收包括多个DRX配置的RRC消息(步骤1032),接收来自多个DRX配置的一个或多个DRX配置的指示(步骤1034),使用所述一个或多个DRX配置执行PDCCH监视(步骤1036)。18 , regarding such and other concepts, systems, and methods of the present invention, a method 1030 for a UE in a wireless communication system includes receiving an RRC message including multiple DRX configurations (step 1032), receiving an indication of one or more DRX configurations from the multiple DRX configurations (step 1034), and performing PDCCH monitoring using the one or more DRX configurations (step 1036).

在各种实施例中,所述多个DRX配置包括在DRX群组和/或信息元素中(或与其相关联)的DRX参数的一个或多个列表。In various embodiments, the plurality of DRX configurations comprises one or more lists of DRX parameters in (or associated with) DRX groups and/or information elements.

在各种实施例中,所述多个DRX配置包括在DRX群组和/或信息元素中(或与其相关联)的DRX参数的组合的一个或多个列表。In various embodiments, the plurality of DRX configurations comprises one or more lists of combinations of DRX parameters in (or associated with) DRX groups and/or information elements.

在各种实施例中,所述多个DRX配置包括一个或多个DRX群组和/或信息元素。In various embodiments, the plurality of DRX configurations include one or more DRX groups and/or information elements.

在各种实施例中,所述指示是DCI和/或MAC CE。In various embodiments, the indication is a DCI and/or a MAC CE.

在各种实施例中,响应于接收到所述指示,UE切换到所述一个或多个DRX配置。In various embodiments, in response to receiving the indication, the UE switches to the one or more DRX configurations.

在各种实施例中,响应于接收到所述指示,UE激活所述一个或多个DRX配置。In various embodiments, in response to receiving the indication, the UE activates the one or more DRX configurations.

现在参考图3和4,在从UE的角度的一个或多个实施例中,装置300包含存储在传送器的存储器310中的程序代码312。CPU 308可以执行程序代码312以:(i)接收包括多个DRX配置的RRC消息;(ii)接收来自多个DRX配置的一个或多个DRX配置的指示;以及(iii)使用所述一个或多个DRX配置执行PDCCH监视。此外,CPU 308可执行程序代码312以执行上文、下文或本文中另外描述的所有所描述动作、步骤和方法。Referring now to FIGS. 3 and 4 , in one or more embodiments from the perspective of a UE, an apparatus 300 includes program code 312 stored in a memory 310 of a transmitter. The CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to: (i) receive an RRC message including a plurality of DRX configurations; (ii) receive an indication of one or more DRX configurations from the plurality of DRX configurations; and (iii) perform PDCCH monitoring using the one or more DRX configurations. In addition, the CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to perform all of the described actions, steps, and methods described above, below, or otherwise herein.

现在参考图3和4,在从NW的角度的一个或多个实施例中,装置300包含存储在传送器的存储器310中的程序代码312。CPU 308可以执行程序代码312以:(i)向UE传送包括多个DRX配置的RRC消息;(ii)向UE传送来自多个DRX配置的一个或多个DRX配置的指示;以及(iii)其中UE使用所述一个或多个DRX配置执行PDCCH监视。此外,CPU 308可执行程序代码312以执行上文、下文或本文中另外描述的所有所描述动作、步骤和方法。Referring now to FIGS. 3 and 4 , in one or more embodiments from the perspective of the NW, the apparatus 300 includes a program code 312 stored in a memory 310 of the transmitter. The CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to: (i) transmit an RRC message including a plurality of DRX configurations to the UE; (ii) transmit an indication of one or more DRX configurations from the plurality of DRX configurations to the UE; and (iii) wherein the UE performs PDCCH monitoring using the one or more DRX configurations. In addition, the CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to perform all described actions, steps, and methods described above, below, or otherwise herein.

UE可以被配置成传送用于网络估计UL信道状态的探测参考信号(SRS),且被配置成报告用于网络调适DL传送的信道状态信息(CSI)。基于[3]3GPP TS 38.321V17.0.0,如果UE将不处于DRX作用时间,那么UE可以不传送周期性SRS和半持久SRS。如果UE将不处于DRX作用时间,那么UE可以不报告在PUSCH上配置的半持久CSI。当CSI掩蔽(例如,csi-Mask)被设定成真时,如果UE将不处于接通持续时间,那么UE可以不在物理上行链路控制信道(PUCCH)上报告CSI。当CSI掩蔽(例如,csi-Mask)被设定成假时,如果UE将不处于DRX作用时间,那么UE可以不在PUCCH上报告CSI。DRX作用时间可以至少包括接通持续时间、不作用时间、重新传送时间、RA竞争解决时间(例如,当ra-ContentionResolutionTimer或msgB-ResponseWindow处于运行中时)、在用于无竞争随机接入的随机接入响应的成功接收之后尚未接收到指示经寻址到小区无线电网络临时标识符(C-RNTI)的新传送的PDCCH的持续时间,和/或调度请求在PUCCH上发送且待决的持续时间。用于DRX作用时间的条件可以包括至少以下各项:The UE may be configured to transmit a sounding reference signal (SRS) for the network to estimate the UL channel state, and may be configured to report channel state information (CSI) for the network to adapt DL transmission. Based on [3] 3GPP TS 38.321 V17.0.0, if the UE will not be in the DRX action time, the UE may not transmit periodic SRS and semi-persistent SRS. If the UE will not be in the DRX action time, the UE may not report the semi-persistent CSI configured on the PUSCH. When CSI masking (e.g., csi-Mask) is set to true, if the UE will not be in the on-duration, the UE may not report CSI on the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). When CSI masking (e.g., csi-Mask) is set to false, if the UE will not be in the DRX action time, the UE may not report CSI on the PUCCH. The DRX action time may include at least an on-duration, an inactive time, a retransmission time, an RA contention resolution time (e.g., when ra-ContentionResolutionTimer or msgB-ResponseWindow is running), a duration during which a PDCCH indicating a new transmission addressed to a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) has not been received after successful reception of a random access response for contention-free random access, and/or a duration during which a scheduling request is sent on a PUCCH and is pending. The conditions for the DRX action time may include at least the following:

-被配置成用于DRX群组的drx-onDurationTimer或drx-InactivityTimer处于运行中;- The drx-onDurationTimer or drx-InactivityTimer configured for the DRX group is running;

-drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL或drx-RetransmissionTimerSL在DRX群组中的任何服务小区上处于运行中;-drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL or drx-RetransmissionTimerSL is running on any serving cell in the DRX group;

-ra-ContentionResolutionTimer或msgB-ResponseWindow处于运行中;-ra-ContentionResolutionTimer or msgB-ResponseWindow is running;

-调度请求在PUCCH上发送且待决;和/或- a scheduling request is sent on the PUCCH and is pending; and/or

-指示寻址到MAC实体的C-RNTI的新传送的PDCCH在成功接收到基于竞争的随机接入前导码当中未被MAC实体选择的随机接入前导码的随机接入响应之后尚未被接收到。- Indicating that a newly transmitted PDCCH addressed to the C-RNTI of the MAC entity has not been received after successfully receiving a random access response of a random access preamble that was not selected by the MAC entity among contention-based random access preambles.

对于符号n,如果考虑直到符号n之前4ms的(所接收)UL准予、DL指派、DRX命令和/或调度请求(SR)传送,UE将不处于DRX作用时间(用于DRX群组),那么UE将不传送/报告周期性SRS、半持久SRS、在物理上行链路共享信道(PUSCH)上配置的半持久CSI和/或PUCCH上的CSI(用于DRX群组)。For symbol n, if the UE is not in DRX action time (for a DRX group) considering the (received) UL grant, DL assignment, DRX command and/or scheduling request (SR) transmission until 4 ms before symbol n, then the UE will not transmit/report periodic SRS, semi-persistent SRS, semi-persistent CSI configured on the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and/or CSI on PUCCH (for a DRX group).

对于符号n,如果考虑直到符号n之前4ms的(所接收)UL准予、DL指派、DRX命令和/或SR传送,UE将不处于接通持续时间(用于DRX群组),那么UE将不在PUCCH上报告CSI(用于DRX群组)。For symbol n, if the UE will not be in the On-Duration (for the DRX group) considering the (received) UL grants, DL assignments, DRX commands and/or SR transmissions up to 4 ms before symbol n, the UE will not report CSI (for the DRX group) on the PUCCH.

当确定传送SRS和/或CSI报告和/或评估DRX作用时间的条件时,UE可以考虑直到符号n之前4ms的DL接收(例如,UL准予、DL指派、DRX命令)和/或SR传送以确定UE是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。UE可以响应于接收到UL准予和/或DL指派而启动非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)和/或RTT定时器(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL)。UE可以在接收到UL准予和/或DL指派之后(或响应于此)进入不作用时间和/或重新传送时间。UE可以响应于接收到DRX命令(例如,DRX命令MAC CE、长DRX命令MACCE)停止(所有)非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)和/或接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。UE可以在接收到DRX命令(例如,DRX命令MAC CE、长DRX命令MACCE)之后(或响应于此)离开不作用时间和/或接通持续时间。When determining the conditions for transmitting SRS and/or CSI reports and/or evaluating the DRX action time, the UE may consider DL reception (e.g., UL grant, DL assignment, DRX command) and/or SR transmission up to 4 ms before symbol n to determine whether the UE is in the DRX action time and/or on duration. The UE may start an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) and/or an RTT timer (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL) in response to receiving an UL grant and/or a DL assignment. The UE may enter the inactivity time and/or retransmission time after (or in response to) receiving an UL grant and/or a DL assignment. The UE may stop (all) inactivity timers (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) and/or on duration timers (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) in response to receiving a DRX command (e.g., DRX command MAC CE, long DRX command MAC CE). The UE may leave the inactive time and/or the on-duration after (or in response to) receiving a DRX command (eg, a DRX command MAC CE, a long DRX command MAC CE).

考虑XR服务特性(例如,周期性、抖动、时延和/或可靠性),XR比功率节省技术是有益的。为了减少PDCCH监视且因此减少用于XR服务的功率消耗,可能需要适当地对准接通持续时间和/或DRX循环与XR DL业务到达时间(例如,具有抖动)。网络可以动态地修改用于XR服务的DRX配置,这可能导致用于UE传送SRS和/或CSI报告的意外接通持续时间。Considering XR service characteristics (e.g., periodicity, jitter, latency, and/or reliability), XR is beneficial over power saving techniques. In order to reduce PDCCH monitoring and thus reduce power consumption for XR services, it may be necessary to properly align the on-duration and/or DRX cycle with the XR DL traffic arrival time (e.g., with jitter). The network may dynamically modify the DRX configuration for XR services, which may result in unexpected on-durations for UEs to transmit SRS and/or CSI reports.

为了解决问题,UE可以基于(与DRX群组相关联的)指示确定是否传送(周期性和/或半持久)SRS(在DRX群组中)。UE可以基于(与DRX群组相关联的)指示确定是否报告(周期性和/或半持久)CSI(在DRX群组中)。当评估DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间时,或当确定传送SRS和/或CSI报告(在符号n中)时,UE可以考虑直到符号n之前的持续时间(例如,针对服务小区)接收的指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)。当评估DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间时,或当确定传送SRS和/或CSI报告(在符号n中)时,UE可以不考虑在符号n之前的持续时间内(例如,针对服务小区)接收的指示。所述指示可以是(至少)第一指示、第二指示和/或第三指示。所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)可以指示UE调整、修改、重新配置、切换、激活和/或撤销激活一个或多个DRX配置(的集合)。所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)可以指示UE应用/使用与在接收所述指示之前由UE使用的DRX配置(的集合)不同的一个或多个DRX配置(的集合)。所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)可以是DCI、MAC CE和/或RRC消息。所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)可以用于XR服务。所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)可以用于XR服务的特定流。To solve the problem, the UE may determine whether to transmit (periodic and/or semi-persistent) SRS (in the DRX group) based on the indication (associated with the DRX group). The UE may determine whether to report (periodic and/or semi-persistent) CSI (in the DRX group) based on the indication (associated with the DRX group). When evaluating the DRX action time and/or the on-duration, or when determining to transmit the SRS and/or CSI report (in symbol n), the UE may consider the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) received until the duration before symbol n (e.g., for the serving cell). When evaluating the DRX action time and/or the on-duration, or when determining to transmit the SRS and/or CSI report (in symbol n), the UE may not consider the indication received in the duration before symbol n (e.g., for the serving cell). The indication may be (at least) the first indication, the second indication and/or the third indication. The indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) may instruct the UE to adjust, modify, reconfigure, switch, activate and/or deactivate one or more DRX configurations (sets). The indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) may indicate that the UE applies/uses one or more DRX configurations (sets) different from the DRX configurations (sets) used by the UE before receiving the indication. The indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) may be a DCI, a MAC CE, and/or an RRC message. The indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) may be used for an XR service. The indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) may be used for a specific flow of an XR service.

UE可以接收一个或多个DRX配置(的集合),例如在RRC消息(例如,RRCSetup、RRCResume、RRCReconfiguration)中。UE可以被(预先)配置有一个或多个DRX配置(的集合)(例如,用于不同接通持续时间和/或DRX循环)。DRX配置(的集合)可以与同一服务小区相关联,例如用于控制服务小区中的PDCCH监视。UE可以同时使用多个DRX配置(的集合)中的一些或全部,例如用于服务小区。UE可以同时使用多于一个DRX配置(的集合),例如用于服务小区。可以同时激活多于一个DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以同时使用仅一个DRX配置(的集合),例如用于服务小区。The UE may receive one or more DRX configurations (sets), for example in an RRC message (e.g., RRCSetup, RRCResume, RRCReconfiguration). The UE may be (pre-)configured with one or more DRX configurations (sets) (e.g., for different on-durations and/or DRX cycles). The DRX configurations (sets) may be associated with the same serving cell, for example, for controlling PDCCH monitoring in the serving cell. The UE may use some or all of the multiple DRX configurations (sets) simultaneously, for example, for a serving cell. The UE may use more than one DRX configuration (set) simultaneously, for example, for a serving cell. More than one DRX configuration (set) may be activated simultaneously. The UE may use only one DRX configuration (set) simultaneously, for example, for a serving cell.

所述多个DRX配置(的集合)可以是和/或称为在一个DRX群组和/或DRX配置的一个信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中(或与其相关联)的多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中(或与其相关联)的DRX参数/配置的列表。UE可以接收和/或被(预先)配置有DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素(例如,DRX-Config)中(或与其相关联)的DRX参数/配置的组合的列表。DRX参数/配置可以是drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。DRX参数/配置的组合可以包括drx-SlotOffset、drx-onDurationTimer、drx-StartOffset、drx-LongCycle、drx-ShortCycle和/或drx-ShortCycleTimer。所述多个DRX配置(的集合)可以是和/或称为多个/不同DRX群组和/或DRX配置的信息元素。DRX群组可以是和/或称为由网络配置的(DRX配置的)信息元素(例如,DRX-Config、DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup和/或额外DRX群组)。The (set of) multiple DRX configurations may be and/or be referred to as (set of) multiple DRX parameters/configurations in (or associated with) an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) of a DRX group and/or DRX configuration. The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a list of DRX parameters/configurations in (or associated with) an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) of a DRX group and/or DRX configuration. The UE may receive and/or be (pre) configured with a list of combinations of DRX parameters/configurations in (or associated with) an information element (e.g., DRX-Config) of a DRX group and/or DRX configuration. The DRX parameter/configuration may be drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer. The combination of DRX parameters/configurations may include drx-SlotOffset, drx-onDurationTimer, drx-StartOffset, drx-LongCycle, drx-ShortCycle and/or drx-ShortCycleTimer. The (set of) multiple DRX configurations may be and/or referred to as multiple/different DRX groups and/or information elements of DRX configurations. A DRX group may be and/or referred to as an information element (DRX configuration) configured by the network (e.g., DRX-Config, DRX-ConfigSecondaryGroup and/or additional DRX group).

所述多个DRX配置(的集合)可以包括默认DRX配置(的集合)和/或额外DRX配置(的集合)。额外DRX配置(的集合)可以与默认DRX配置(的集合)同时由UE使用。默认DRX配置(的集合)可以由所述网络撤销激活。默认DRX配置(的集合)可以不(被允许)例如通过第三指示由网络撤销激活。默认DRX配置(的集合)可以在配置后由UE使用。默认DRX配置(的集合)可以包含不包含在额外DRX配置(的集合)中的至少一个参数(例如,drx-InactivityTimer、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL、drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)。举例来说,在DRX操作中,UE使用额外DRX配置(的集合)中的第一参数(例如,drx-StartOffset)和默认DRX配置(的集合)中的第二参数(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL)。UE也可以或可以不使用默认DRX配置(的集合)中的第一参数用于DRX操作。The multiple DRX configurations (sets) may include a default DRX configuration (set) and/or an additional DRX configuration (set). The additional DRX configuration (set) may be used by the UE simultaneously with the default DRX configuration (set). The default DRX configuration (set) may be deactivated by the network. The default DRX configuration (set) may not (be allowed to) be deactivated by the network, for example, through a third indication. The default DRX configuration (set) may be used by the UE after configuration. The default DRX configuration (set) may include at least one parameter (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL, drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL) that is not included in the additional DRX configuration (set). For example, in DRX operation, the UE uses a first parameter (e.g., drx-StartOffset) in the additional DRX configuration (set) and a second parameter (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL) in the default DRX configuration (set). The UE may or may not use the first parameter in the default DRX configuration (set) for DRX operation.

UE可以接收修改和/或重新配置DRX配置(的集合)(例如,用于DRX群组)的第一指示(例如,通过DCI、MAC CE)。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以重新配置和/或调整接通持续时间和/或DRX循环(例如,用于DRX群组)。响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以重新配置和/或调整到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)、接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)、DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、(drx-LongCycleStartOffset的)drx-LongCycle)、DRX循环的开始偏移(例如,(drx-LongCycleStartOffset的)drx-StartOffset),和/或使用短DRX循环的持续时间(例如,drx-ShortCycleTimer)。第一指示可以包括和/或指示一个或多个DRX配置(的集合)的值。UE可以用所指示值代替DRX配置(的集合)的值。第一指示可以包括和/或指示将应用于一个或多个DRX配置(的集合)的相对值(例如,偏移和/或尺度)。UE可以将偏移添加到所述一个或多个DRX配置(的集合)的值。UE可以将所述一个或多个DRX配置(的集合)的值乘以尺度。The UE may receive a first indication (e.g., via DCI, MAC CE) to modify and/or reconfigure a (set of) DRX configurations (e.g., for a DRX group). In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may reconfigure and/or adjust an on-duration and/or a DRX cycle (e.g., for a DRX group). In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may reconfigure and/or adjust a start offset to the on-duration (e.g., drx-SlotOffset), a length of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer), a length of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle (of drx-LongCycleStartOffset), a start offset of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset (of drx-LongCycleStartOffset), and/or a duration of using a short DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycleTimer). The first indication may include and/or indicate a value of one or more (sets of) DRX configurations. The UE may replace the value of the (set of) DRX configurations with the indicated value. The first indication may include and/or indicate a relative value (e.g., an offset and/or a scale) to be applied to the (set of) one or more DRX configurations. The UE may add an offset to the value of the (set of) one or more DRX configurations. The UE may multiply the value of the (set of) one or more DRX configurations by a scale.

UE可以接收(动态地/临时)修改、移位和/或调整DRX配置(的集合)的第二指示(例如,通过DCI、MAC CE)。响应于接收到第二指示,UE可以将由第二指示指示/包括的信息应用于DRX配置(的集合)。响应于接收到第二指示,UE可以移位/调整接通持续时间和/或DRX循环(的部分)(基于由第二指示指示/包括的信息)。响应于接收到第二指示,UE可以移位/调整到接通持续时间的开始偏移(例如,drx-SlotOffset)、接通持续时间的长度(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)、DRX循环的开始偏移(例如,drx-StartOffset)、DRX循环的长度(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)和/或使用短DRX循环的持续时间(例如,drx-ShortCycleTimer)。UE可以用第二指示中的所指示值代替DRX配置(的集合)的值。UE可以将第二指示中指示的偏移添加到DRX配置(的集合)的值。UE可以将DRX配置(的集合)的值乘以第二指示中指示的尺度。在接收到第二指示之前的DRX配置(的集合)的值可以在第二指示的适用时间之后恢复/使用,例如在持续时间之后或在单个/特定接通持续时间和/或DRX循环之后。The UE may receive a second indication (e.g., via DCI, MAC CE) to (dynamically/temporarily) modify, shift, and/or adjust a (set of) DRX configurations. In response to receiving the second indication, the UE may apply the information indicated/included by the second indication to the (set of) DRX configurations. In response to receiving the second indication, the UE may shift/adjust the on-duration and/or (part of) the DRX cycle (based on the information indicated/included by the second indication). In response to receiving the second indication, the UE may shift/adjust the start offset (e.g., drx-SlotOffset) of the on-duration, the length of the on-duration (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer), the start offset (e.g., drx-StartOffset) of the DRX cycle, the length of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle), and/or the duration of using a short DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycleTimer). The UE may replace the value of the (set of) DRX configuration with the indicated value in the second indication. The UE may add the offset indicated in the second indication to the value of the (set of) DRX configuration. The UE may multiply the value of the (set of) DRX configuration by the scale indicated in the second indication. The value of the (set of) DRX configuration before receiving the second indication may be restored/used after the applicable time of the second indication, for example after the duration or after a single/specific on-duration and/or DRX cycle.

UE可以接收切换、激活和/或撤销激活DRX配置(的集合)的第三指示(例如,通过DCI、MAC CE)。UE可以基于第三指示而使用(或切换到)所指示(激活)DRX配置(的集合)。UE可以使用和/或切换到所指示DRX配置(的集合)以执行DRX操作,例如服务小区中的PDCCH监视。UE可以基于第三指示而激活和/或撤销激活所指示DRX配置(的集合)。在接收到切换DRX配置(的集合)的第三指示之前使用的DRX配置(的集合)可以在第三指示的适用时间之后激活/使用,例如在持续时间之后或在单个/特定接通持续时间和/或DRX循环之后。The UE may receive a third indication (e.g., via DCI, MAC CE) to switch, activate and/or deactivate a (set of) DRX configurations. The UE may use (or switch to) the indicated (activated) DRX configuration (set) based on the third indication. The UE may use and/or switch to the indicated DRX configuration (set) to perform DRX operations, such as PDCCH monitoring in a serving cell. The UE may activate and/or deactivate the indicated DRX configuration (set) based on the third indication. The DRX configuration (set) used before receiving the third indication to switch the DRX configuration (set) may be activated/used after the applicable time of the third indication, such as after the duration or after a single/specific on-duration and/or DRX cycle.

响应于接收到指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以将确认(例如,ACK)传送到NW。所述确认可以是UCI、MAC CE和/或UAI。In response to receiving the indication (eg, the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may transmit an acknowledgement (eg, ACK) to the NW. The acknowledgement may be UCI, MAC CE and/or UAI.

UE可以在相关联DRX群组和/或DRX配置的DRX作用时间期间监视指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)。替代地,UE可以当相关联DRX群组和/或DRX配置的drx-onDurationTimer处于运行中时监视所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)。UE可以在相关联DRX群组和/或DRX配置的DRX作用时间之外不监视所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)。替代地,UE可以当相关联DRX群组和/或DRX配置的drx-onDurationTimer不处于运行中时不监视所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)。The UE may monitor the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) during the DRX action time of the associated DRX group and/or DRX configuration. Alternatively, the UE may monitor the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) when the drx-onDurationTimer of the associated DRX group and/or DRX configuration is in operation. The UE may not monitor the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) outside the DRX action time of the associated DRX group and/or DRX configuration. Alternatively, the UE may not monitor the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) when the drx-onDurationTimer of the associated DRX group and/or DRX configuration is not in operation.

响应于接收到所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以停止相关联DRX群组和/或DRX配置的一个或多个DRX定时器。响应于接收到所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。响应于接收到所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以不停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer),例如保持定时器运行。响应于接收到所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以重新启动接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。UE可以使用DRX循环的长度/持续时间(例如,drx-ShortCycle、drx-LongCycle)和DRX循环的开始偏移(例如,drx-StartOffset)基于公式确定DRX循环。换句话说,UE可以在基于由所述指示指示的信息(例如,与开始偏移相关联)(例如,使用由所述指示指示的信息基于公式)计算的时序重新启动接通持续时间定时器。响应于接收到所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以暂停接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)(持续定时器持续时间,并且接着恢复定时器)。响应于接收到所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以停止(所有)非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。响应于接收到所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以不停止非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)(中的任一个),例如保持定时器运行。响应于接收到所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以重新启动(所有)非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。响应于接收到所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以启动非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以在接收到指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)后停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以在传送对所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)的确认后停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。In response to receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may stop one or more DRX timers of the associated DRX group and/or DRX configuration. In response to receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may stop the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer). In response to receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may not stop the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer), for example, keeping the timer running. In response to receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may restart the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer). The UE may determine the DRX cycle based on a formula using the length/duration of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-ShortCycle, drx-LongCycle) and the start offset of the DRX cycle (e.g., drx-StartOffset). In other words, the UE may restart the on-duration timer at a timing calculated based on the information indicated by the indication (e.g., associated with the start offset) (e.g., based on a formula using the information indicated by the indication). In response to receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may suspend the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) (for the timer duration, and then resume the timer). In response to receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may stop (all) inactive timers (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer). In response to receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may not stop (any of) the inactive timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer), for example, keep the timer running. In response to receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may restart (all) inactive timers (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer). In response to receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may start an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer). The UE may stop the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or the inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) after receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication). The UE may stop the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or the inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) after transmitting a confirmation of the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication).

响应于接收到所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以不停止重新传送定时器(例如,drx-RetransmissionTimerDL、drx-RetransmissionTimerUL)(中的任一个),例如保持定时器运行。响应于接收到所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),UE可以不停止RTT定时器(例如,drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL、drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL)(中的任一个),例如保持定时器运行。In response to receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may not stop the retransmission timer (e.g., drx-RetransmissionTimerDL, drx-RetransmissionTimerUL) (any one of them), for example, keep the timer running. In response to receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), the UE may not stop the RTT timer (e.g., drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL, drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL) (any one of them), for example, keep the timer running.

当UE确定在符号n中传送SRS和/或CSI报告或不传送时,UE可以考虑(至少)直到特定时序/在特定时序之前接收和/或应用(例如,针对服务小区)的指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)。当UE确定在符号n中传送SRS和/或CSI报告或不传送时,UE可以不考虑(至少)在特定时序内/之后接收和/或应用(例如,针对服务小区)的指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)。当UE评估DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间以用于确定传送SRS和/或CSI报告或不传送时,UE可以考虑(至少)直到特定时序/在特定时序之前接收和/或应用(例如,针对服务小区)的指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)。当UE评估DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间以用于确定传送SRS和/或CSI报告或不传送时,UE可以不考虑(至少)在特定时序内/之后接收和/或应用(例如,针对服务小区)的指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)。所述特定时序可以是在符号n之前的持续时间。所述持续时间可以是4ms。所述持续时间可以长于4ms。所述持续时间可以在所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)中指示。所述持续时间可以由网络预配置。When the UE determines to transmit the SRS and/or CSI report in symbol n or not, the UE may consider (at least) the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) received and/or applied (e.g., for the serving cell) until/before a specific timing. When the UE determines to transmit the SRS and/or CSI report in symbol n or not, the UE may not consider (at least) the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) received and/or applied (e.g., for the serving cell) within/after a specific timing. When the UE evaluates the DRX action time and/or the on-duration for determining to transmit the SRS and/or CSI report or not, the UE may consider (at least) the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) received and/or applied (e.g., for the serving cell) until/before a specific timing. When the UE evaluates the DRX action time and/or the on-duration for determining whether to transmit an SRS and/or CSI report or not, the UE may not consider (at least) an indication (e.g., a first indication, a second indication, a third indication) received and/or applied (e.g., for a serving cell) within/after a specific timing. The specific timing may be a duration before symbol n. The duration may be 4 ms. The duration may be longer than 4 ms. The duration may be indicated in the indication (e.g., a first indication, a second indication, a third indication). The duration may be preconfigured by the network.

UE可以基于指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)的接收而确定是否传送SRS和/或CSI报告。UE可以基于指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)的信息而确定是否传送SRS和/或CSI报告。UE可以不基于指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)的接收而确定是否传送SRS和/或CSI报告。UE可以基于指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)的接收而确定符号n是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。UE可以基于指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)的信息而确定符号n是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。UE可以不基于指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)的接收而确定符号n是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。The UE may determine whether to transmit the SRS and/or CSI report based on the reception of an indication (e.g., a first indication, a second indication, a third indication). The UE may determine whether to transmit the SRS and/or CSI report based on the information of the indication (e.g., a first indication, a second indication, a third indication). The UE may not determine whether to transmit the SRS and/or CSI report based on the reception of the indication (e.g., a first indication, a second indication, a third indication). The UE may determine whether symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or the on-duration based on the reception of the indication (e.g., a first indication, a second indication, a third indication). The UE may determine whether symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or the on-duration based on the information of the indication (e.g., a first indication, a second indication, a third indication). The UE may not determine whether symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or the on-duration based on the reception of the indication (e.g., a first indication, a second indication, a third indication).

如果符号n是(被视为/确定为)处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间,那么UE可以确定传送SRS和/或CSI报告。如果符号n不是(被视为/确定为)处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间,那么UE可以确定不传送SRS和/或CSI报告。If symbol n is (deemed/determined to be) in the DRX active time and/or the on-duration, the UE may determine to transmit the SRS and/or CSI report. If symbol n is not (deemed/determined to be) in the DRX active time and/or the on-duration, the UE may determine not to transmit the SRS and/or CSI report.

举例来说,如果在特定时序之前接收和/或应用(例如,针对服务小区)所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),那么UE可以确定、考虑和/或评估符号n不处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。如图19所示,UE可以在特定时序之前(例如,在符号n之前的持续时间)接收或应用所述指示。从UE接收或应用所述指示到符号n的时间间隔可以长于和/或等于所述持续时间。UE可以不在符号n中传送SRS和/或CSI报告。替代地,如果在特定时序之后(例如,针对服务小区)接收和/或应用所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),那么UE可以确定、考虑和/或评估符号n处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。如图20所示,UE可以在特定时序之后(例如,在符号n之前的持续时间)接收或应用所述指示。从UE接收或应用所述指示到符号n的时间间隔可以短于所述持续时间。UE可以在符号n中传送SRS和/或CSI报告。UE可以响应于接收到/应用所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)而停止例如与DRX配置相关联的接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。For example, if the indication (e.g., first indication, second indication, third indication) is received and/or applied (e.g., for a serving cell) before a specific timing, the UE can determine, consider and/or evaluate that symbol n is not in the DRX action time and/or the on-duration. As shown in Figure 19, the UE can receive or apply the indication before a specific timing (e.g., the duration before symbol n). The time interval from the UE receiving or applying the indication to symbol n can be longer than and/or equal to the duration. The UE may not transmit SRS and/or CSI reports in symbol n. Alternatively, if the indication (e.g., first indication, second indication, third indication) is received and/or applied after a specific timing (e.g., for a serving cell), the UE can determine, consider and/or evaluate that symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or the on-duration. As shown in Figure 20, the UE can receive or apply the indication after a specific timing (e.g., the duration before symbol n). The time interval from the UE receiving or applying the indication to symbol n can be shorter than the duration. The UE can transmit SRS and/or CSI reports in symbol n. The UE may stop, for example, an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) associated with the DRX configuration in response to receiving/applying the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication).

举例来说,如果在特定时序之前接收和/或应用(例如,针对服务小区)所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),那么UE可以确定、考虑和/或评估符号n处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。UE可以在符号n中传送SRS和/或CSI报告。替代地,如果在特定时序之后接收和/或应用(例如,针对服务小区)所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示),那么UE可以确定、考虑和/或评估符号n不处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。UE可以不在符号n中传送SRS和/或CSI报告。UE可以响应于接收到/应用所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)而重新启动例如与DRX配置相关联的接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)和/或非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。UE可以响应于接收到/应用所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)而启动例如与DRX配置相关联的非作用定时器(例如,drx-InactivityTimer)。For example, if the indication (e.g., first indication, second indication, third indication) is received and/or applied (e.g., for a serving cell) before a specific timing, the UE may determine, consider and/or evaluate that symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or the on-duration. The UE may transmit an SRS and/or CSI report in symbol n. Alternatively, if the indication (e.g., first indication, second indication, third indication) is received and/or applied (e.g., for a serving cell) after a specific timing, the UE may determine, consider and/or evaluate that symbol n is not in the DRX action time and/or the on-duration. The UE may not transmit an SRS and/or CSI report in symbol n. The UE may restart, for example, an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) and/or an inactivity timer (e.g., drx-InactivityTimer) associated with the DRX configuration in response to receiving/applying the indication (e.g., first indication, second indication, third indication). The UE may start, in response to receiving/applying the indication (eg, the first indication, the second indication, the third indication), an inactivity timer (eg, drx-InactivityTimer) associated with, for example, the DRX configuration.

举例来说,如果接收到指示UE激活和/或恢复例如与DRX配置相关联的接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)的第二指示,那么UE可以确定、考虑和/或评估符号n处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。UE可以响应于接收到第二指示而启动接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。UE可以在符号n中传送SRS和/或CSI报告。For example, if a second indication is received indicating that the UE activates and/or resumes an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) associated with, for example, a DRX configuration, then the UE may determine, consider, and/or evaluate that symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or on-duration. The UE may start the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) in response to receiving the second indication. The UE may transmit an SRS and/or CSI report in symbol n.

举例来说,如果接收到指示UE撤销激活和/或暂停接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)的第二指示,那么UE可以确定、考虑和/或评估符号n不处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。UE可以响应于接收到第二指示而停止接通持续时间定时器(例如,drx-onDurationTimer)。UE可以在符号n中传送SRS和/或CSI报告。For example, if a second indication is received indicating that the UE deactivates and/or suspends an on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer), the UE may determine, consider, and/or evaluate that symbol n is not in the DRX action time and/or on-duration. The UE may stop the on-duration timer (e.g., drx-onDurationTimer) in response to receiving the second indication. The UE may transmit an SRS and/or CSI report in symbol n.

举例来说,UE可以被配置成在服务小区中在符号n中传送(周期性和/或半持久)SRS。如果响应于直到符号n之前的持续时间接收的指示,与服务小区相关联的MAC实体将不处于作用时间,那么UE可以不在服务小区中在符号n中传送SRS。如果与服务小区相关联的指示直到符号n之前的持续时间未被接收,但在符号n之前的持续时间内被接收,那么UE可以在服务小区中在符号n中传送SRS。For example, the UE may be configured to transmit (periodic and/or semi-persistent) SRS in symbol n in the serving cell. If, in response to an indication received until a duration before symbol n, the MAC entity associated with the serving cell will not be in action time, the UE may not transmit SRS in symbol n in the serving cell. If an indication associated with the serving cell is not received until a duration before symbol n, but is received within a duration before symbol n, the UE may transmit SRS in symbol n in the serving cell.

举例来说,UE可以被配置成在服务小区中在符号n中报告(周期性和/或半持久)CSI。如果响应于直到符号n之前的持续时间接收的指示,与服务小区相关联的MAC实体将不处于作用时间,那么UE可以不在服务小区中在符号n中传送CSI。如果与服务小区相关联的指示直到符号n之前的持续时间未被接收,但在符号n之前的持续时间内被接收,那么UE可以在服务小区中在符号n中传送CSI。For example, the UE may be configured to report (periodically and/or semi-persistently) CSI in symbol n in the serving cell. If, in response to an indication received until a duration before symbol n, the MAC entity associated with the serving cell will not be in action time, the UE may not transmit CSI in symbol n in the serving cell. If an indication associated with the serving cell is not received until a duration before symbol n, but is received within a duration before symbol n, the UE may transmit CSI in symbol n in the serving cell.

对于MAC实体,可以满足以下条件中的一个或多个或全部:For a MAC entity, one or more or all of the following conditions may be met:

-可以为作用中DL BWP配置DCP监视;-DCP monitoring can be configured for active DL BWP;

-符号n可以在drx-onDurationTimer持续时间内(例如,当drx-onDurationTimer处于运行中时)发生;- symbol n may occur within the duration of drx-onDurationTimer (e.g., while drx-onDurationTimer is running);

-与当前DRX循环相关联的drx-onDurationTimer可以不启动;- The drx-onDurationTimer associated with the current DRX cycle may not be started;

-ps-TransmitPeriodicL1-RSRP可以不被配置有值真;和/或-ps-TransmitPeriodicL1-RSRP may not be configured with a value of true; and/or

-ps-TransmitOtherPeriodicCSI可以不被配置有值真。-ps-TransmitOtherPeriodicCSI may not be configured with a value of true.

举例来说,UE可以被配置成在服务小区中在符号n中传送(周期性和/或半持久)SRS。如果响应于直到符号n之前的持续时间接收的指示,与服务小区相关联的DRX群组将不处于作用时间,那么UE可以不在服务小区中在符号n中传送SRS。如果与服务小区相关联的指示直到符号n之前的持续时间未被接收,但在符号n之前的持续时间内被接收,那么UE可以在服务小区中在符号n中传送SRS。For example, the UE may be configured to transmit (periodic and/or semi-persistent) SRS in symbol n in the serving cell. If, in response to an indication received until a duration before symbol n, the DRX group associated with the serving cell will not be in an active time, the UE may not transmit SRS in symbol n in the serving cell. If an indication associated with the serving cell is not received until a duration before symbol n, but is received within a duration before symbol n, the UE may transmit SRS in symbol n in the serving cell.

举例来说,UE可以被配置成在服务小区中在符号n中报告(周期性和/或半持久)CSI。如果响应于直到符号n之前的持续时间接收的指示,与服务小区相关联的DRX群组将不处于作用时间,那么UE可以不在服务小区中在符号n中传送CSI。如果与服务小区相关联的指示直到符号n之前的持续时间未被接收,但在符号n之前的持续时间内被接收,那么UE可以在服务小区中在符号n中传送CSI。For example, the UE may be configured to report (periodic and/or semi-persistent) CSI in symbol n in the serving cell. If, in response to an indication received until a duration before symbol n, the DRX group associated with the serving cell will not be in an active time, the UE may not transmit CSI in symbol n in the serving cell. If an indication associated with the serving cell is not received until a duration before symbol n, but is received within a duration before symbol n, the UE may transmit CSI in symbol n in the serving cell.

举例来说,UE可以被配置成在服务小区中在符号n中报告(周期性和/或半持久)CSI。如果响应于直到符号n之前的持续时间接收的指示,与服务小区相关联的DRX群组的drx-onDurationTimer将不在运行,那么UE可以不在服务小区中在符号n中传送CSI。如果与服务小区相关联的指示直到符号n之前的持续时间未被接收,但在符号n之前的持续时间内被接收,那么UE可以在服务小区中在符号n中传送CSI。For example, the UE may be configured to report (periodic and/or semi-persistent) CSI in symbol n in the serving cell. If, in response to an indication received until a duration before symbol n, the drx-onDurationTimer of the DRX group associated with the serving cell will not be running, then the UE may not transmit CSI in symbol n in the serving cell. If an indication associated with the serving cell is not received until a duration before symbol n, but is received within a duration before symbol n, then the UE may transmit CSI in symbol n in the serving cell.

对于DRX群组,可以不满足以下条件中的一个或多个或全部:For a DRX group, one or more or all of the following conditions may not be met:

-可以为作用中DL BWP配置DCP监视;- DCP monitoring can be configured for active DL BWP;

-符号n可以在drx-onDurationTimer持续时间内(例如,当drx-onDurationTimer处于运行中时)发生;和/或- symbol n may occur within the drx-onDurationTimer duration (e.g., while drx-onDurationTimer is running); and/or

-与当前DRX循环相关联的drx-onDurationTimer可以不启动。- The drx-onDurationTimer associated with the current DRX cycle may not be started.

对于DRX群组,可以满足以下条件中的一个或多个或全部:For a DRX group, one or more or all of the following conditions may be met:

-可以设置CSI掩蔽(csi-Mask);-CSI mask (csi-Mask) can be set;

-可以不配置allowCSI-SRS-Tx-MulticastDRX-Active;和/或- allowCSI-SRS-Tx-MulticastDRX-Active may not be configured; and/or

-所有多播DRX在符号n中可以不处于作用时间。- All multicast DRX may not be in active time in symbol n.

UE可以基于所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)的信息而确定、考虑和/或评估符号n是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。The UE may determine, consider and/or evaluate whether the symbol n is in the DRX active time and/or the on-duration based on the information of the indication (eg, the first indication, the second indication, the third indication).

UE可以应用所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)的信息,且基于至少以下各项而确定/考虑/评估符号n是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间:The UE may apply the information of the indication (eg, the first indication, the second indication, the third indication) and determine/consider/evaluate whether the symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or the on-duration based on at least the following:

-第一/第二指示中的一个或多个DRX配置(的集合)的所指示值;- the indicated value of (a set of) one or more DRX configurations in the first/second indication;

-第一/第二指示中的一个或多个DRX配置(的集合)的值加上偏移;- the value of (the set of) one or more DRX configurations in the first/second indication plus an offset;

-第一/第二指示中的一个或多个DRX配置(的集合)的值乘以尺度;- the value of (the set of) one or more DRX configurations in the first/second indication is multiplied by a scale;

-由第三指示指示/激活/撤销激活的DRX配置(的集合);和/或-(a set of) DRX configurations indicated/activated/deactivated by a third indication; and/or

-第二指示和/或第三指示的适用时间。- The time when the second and/or third instructions apply.

举例来说,UE可以基于经修改/重新配置/所指示DRX配置(的集合)而确定、考虑和/或评估符号n是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。UE可以基于指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)的信息而修改/重新配置/切换DRX配置(的集合)。For example, the UE may determine, consider and/or evaluate whether symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or the on-duration based on the modified/reconfigured/indicated DRX configuration (set). The UE may modify/reconfigure/switch the DRX configuration (set) based on the information of the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication).

响应于接收到第一指示,UE可以在第一时序时或之后使用/应用新配置和/或调整/重新配置DRX配置。响应于接收到第二指示,UE可以在第一时序时或之后(开始(临时))应用第二指示的信息和/或移位/调整DRX配置。响应于接收到第三指示,UE可以在第一时序(中的至少一个)时或之后使用和/或激活/撤销激活所指示/对应DRX配置(的集合)。第一时序可以是以下各项(中的至少一个):In response to receiving the first indication, the UE may use/apply the new configuration and/or adjust/reconfigure the DRX configuration at or after the first timing. In response to receiving the second indication, the UE may apply the information of the second indication and/or shift/adjust the DRX configuration at or after the first timing (start (temporarily)). In response to receiving the third indication, the UE may use and/or activate/deactivate the indicated/corresponding DRX configuration (set) at or after (at least one of) the first timing. The first timing may be (at least one of) the following:

-(第一/第二/第三)指示的接收(之后的第一符号);- Receipt of a (first/second/third) indication (first symbol thereafter);

-所述确认的传送(之后的第一符号);- the transmission of said acknowledgement (first symbol thereafter);

-特定PDCCH时机(例如,在标准中预定义的(第一/第二/第三)指示中指示);- a specific PDCCH opportunity (e.g. indicated in a (first/second/third) indication predefined in the standard);

-时间延迟(之后)(例如,在标准中预定义的(第一/第二/第三)指示中指示);和/或- a time delay (afterwards) (e.g. indicated in a (first/second/third) indication predefined in the standard); and/or

-当与DRX配置相关联的定时器(重新)启动时。- When a timer associated with the DRX configuration is (re)started.

UE可以在接收到第一指示后、在传送对第一指示的确认后和/或从特定PDCCH时机/在特定PDCCH时机之后使用第一指示中的所接收/所指示值作为DRX配置(的值)。UE可以在从第一指示的接收和/或确认的传送的时间延迟之后使用第一指示中的所接收/所指示值作为DRX配置(的值)。The UE may use the received/indicated value in the first indication as (the value of) the DRX configuration after receiving the first indication, after transmitting an acknowledgment of the first indication and/or from/after a specific PDCCH opportunity. The UE may use the received/indicated value in the first indication as (the value of) the DRX configuration after a time delay from the reception of the first indication and/or the transmission of the acknowledgment.

UE可以在接收到第一指示后、在传送对第一指示的确认后和/或从特定PDCCH时机将偏移和/或尺度应用于DRX配置(的值)。UE可以在从第一指示的接收和/或确认的传送的时间延迟之后将偏移和/或尺度应用于DRX配置(的值)。The UE may apply the offset and/or scale to the DRX configuration (value) after receiving the first indication, after transmitting an acknowledgement of the first indication, and/or from a specific PDCCH opportunity. The UE may apply the offset and/or scale to the DRX configuration (value) after a time delay from the reception of the first indication and/or the transmission of the acknowledgement.

UE可以在接收到第二指示后、在传送对第二指示的确认后和/或从特定时序将由第二指示指示/包括的信息应用于DRX配置(例如,移位/调整接通持续时间和/或DRX循环)。The UE may apply the information indicated/included by the second indication to the DRX configuration (eg, shifting/adjusting the on-duration and/or the DRX cycle) after receiving the second indication, after transmitting a confirmation of the second indication and/or from a specific timing.

响应于接收到第二指示和/或第三指示,UE可以在以下第二时序(中的至少一个)时或之后停止应用第二指示和/或第三指示的信息:In response to receiving the second indication and/or the third indication, the UE may stop applying the information of the second indication and/or the third indication at or after (at least one of) the following second timing sequences:

-特定PDCCH时机(例如,在标准中预定义的指示中指示);-Specific PDCCH occasions (e.g. indicated in an indication predefined in the standard);

-时间延迟(例如,在标准中预定义的指示中指示);- time delay (e.g. indicated in an indication predefined in a standard);

-定时器到期;-Timer expires;

-若干次DL接收;和/或- several DL receptions; and/or

-若干个DRX循环或接通持续时间。- A number of DRX cycles or On-Durations.

第二指示和/或第三指示的适用时间可以是第一时序与第二时序之间的持续时间。The applicable time of the second indication and/or the third indication may be the duration between the first timing sequence and the second timing sequence.

UE可以不考虑所述指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)的信息而确定、考虑和/或评估符号n是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。The UE may determine, consider and/or evaluate whether the symbol n is in the DRX active time and/or the on-duration without considering the information of the indication (eg, the first indication, the second indication, the third indication).

举例来说,UE可以基于在接收指示(例如,第一指示、第二指示、第三指示)之前的DRX配置(的集合)而确定、考虑和/或评估符号n是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。UE可以基于不同于在符号n中使用的DRX配置(的集合)的值的DRX配置(的集合)的值而确定、考虑和/或评估符号n是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。For example, the UE may determine, consider and/or evaluate whether symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or on-duration based on the (set of) DRX configurations before receiving the indication (e.g., the first indication, the second indication, the third indication). The UE may determine, consider and/or evaluate whether symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or on-duration based on a value of the (set of) DRX configuration that is different from the value of the (set of) DRX configuration used in symbol n.

举例来说,UE可以基于默认DRX配置(的集合)而确定、考虑和/或评估符号n是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。UE可以基于默认DRX配置(的集合)的值而确定、考虑和/或评估符号n是否处于DRX作用时间和/或接通持续时间。For example, the UE may determine, consider and/or evaluate whether symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or on-duration based on the (set of) default DRX configurations. The UE may determine, consider and/or evaluate whether symbol n is in the DRX action time and/or on-duration based on the value of the (set of) default DRX configurations.

UE可以在DRX群组中传送用于一个或多个DRX配置(的集合)的SRS和/或CSI报告,例如用于服务小区。UE可以在DRX群组中传送用于多个DRX配置(的集合)的SRS和/或CSI报告,例如用于服务小区。UE可以在DRX群组中传送用于默认DRX配置(的集合)的SRS和/或CSI报告,例如用于服务小区。UE可以在DRX群组中传送用于(所有)经激活DRX配置(的集合)的SRS和/或CSI报告,例如用于服务小区。UE可以传送用于特定DRX配置(的集合)(例如,由所述指示指示)的SRS和/或CSI报告,例如用于服务小区。The UE may transmit SRS and/or CSI reports for one or more (sets of) DRX configurations in a DRX group, for example, for a serving cell. The UE may transmit SRS and/or CSI reports for multiple (sets of) DRX configurations in a DRX group, for example, for a serving cell. The UE may transmit SRS and/or CSI reports for a default DRX configuration (set) in a DRX group, for example, for a serving cell. The UE may transmit SRS and/or CSI reports for (all) activated DRX configurations (sets) in a DRX group, for example, for a serving cell. The UE may transmit SRS and/or CSI reports for a specific DRX configuration (set) (e.g., indicated by the indication), for example, for a serving cell.

所述多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)可以用于单播。所述多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)可以不由多播使用。所述多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)可以用于下行链路。所述多个DRX参数/配置(的集合)可以不与侧链路相关。UE可以接收与SRS(例如,SRS-Config)和/或CSI报告(例如,CSI-ReportConfig、csi-Mask)相关的参数和/或配置。The multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) may be used for unicast. The multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) may not be used by multicast. The multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) may be used for downlink. The multiple DRX parameters/configurations (sets) may not be related to the sidelink. The UE may receive parameters and/or configurations related to SRS (e.g., SRS-Config) and/or CSI reports (e.g., CSI-ReportConfig, csi-Mask).

贯穿本公开,SRS可以包括和/或称为周期性SRS和/或半持久SRS。周期性SRS和/或半持久SRS可以由RRC消息配置。半持久SRS可以由MAC CE(例如,SP SRS激活/撤销激活MACCE)激活和/或撤销激活。Throughout the present disclosure, SRS may include and/or be referred to as periodic SRS and/or semi-persistent SRS. Periodic SRS and/or semi-persistent SRS may be configured by an RRC message. Semi-persistent SRS may be activated and/or deactivated by a MAC CE (e.g., SP SRS activation/deactivation MAC CE).

贯穿本公开,“CSI报告”可以是、可以指代“CSI”和/或可以被其代替。CSI(报告)可以包括PUCCH上的CSI(报告)和/或在PUSCH上配置的(半持久)CSI(报告)。PUCCH上的CSI(报告)可以包括和/或称为PUCCH上的周期性CSI(报告)和/或PUCCH上的半持久CSI(报告)。PUCCH上的周期性CSI(报告)和/或PUCCH上的半持久CSI(报告)可以由RRC消息配置。PUCCH上的半持久CSI(报告)可以由MAC CE(例如,PUCCH激活/撤销激活MAC CE上的SP CSI报告)激活和/或撤销激活。在PUSCH上配置的半持久CSI(报告)可以由DCI指示。Throughout this disclosure, "CSI report" may be, may refer to and/or may be replaced by "CSI". CSI (report) may include CSI (report) on PUCCH and/or (semi-persistent) CSI (report) configured on PUSCH. CSI (report) on PUCCH may include and/or be referred to as periodic CSI (report) on PUCCH and/or semi-persistent CSI (report) on PUCCH. Periodic CSI (report) on PUCCH and/or semi-persistent CSI (report) on PUCCH may be configured by RRC message. Semi-persistent CSI (report) on PUCCH may be activated and/or deactivated by MAC CE (e.g., PUCCH activates/deactivates SP CSI report on MAC CE). Semi-persistent CSI (report) configured on PUSCH may be indicated by DCI.

下文描述基于[3]3GPP TS 38.321V17.0.0的发明的实例:The following describes an example of the invention based on [3] 3GPP TS 38.321 V17.0.0:

1>如果如TS 38.213条款10.3中所指定为作用中DL BWP配置DCP监视;以及1> if DCP monitoring is configured for the active DL BWP as specified in TS 38.213 clause 10.3; and

1>如果当前符号n在drx-onDurationTimer持续时间内发生;以及1> If the current symbol n occurs within the duration of drx-onDurationTimer; and

1>如果如此条款中所指定,与当前DRX循环相关联的drx-onDurationTimer未启动:1> If the drx-onDurationTimer associated with the current DRX cycle is not started as specified in this clause:

2>如果在评估此条款中所指定的所有DRX作用时间条件时,考虑到在符号n之前4ms所接收的准予/指派/DRX命令MAC CE/长DRX命令MAC CE/(上文中提到的)指示和发送的调度请求,MAC实体将不处于作用时间,那么:2> If, when evaluating all DRX action time conditions specified in this clause, the MAC entity will not be in action time, taking into account the grant/assignment/DRX command MAC CE/long DRX command MAC CE /indication (mentioned above) received 4 ms before symbol n and the scheduling request sent, then:

3>不传送在TS 38.214中定义的周期性SRS和半持久SRS;3> Periodic SRS and semi-persistent SRS defined in TS 38.214 are not transmitted;

3>不报告配置在PUSCH上的半持久CSI;3> Do not report the semi-persistent CSI configured on PUSCH;

[…][…]

1>否则:1> Otherwise:

2>在当前符号n中,如果在评估此条款中所指定的所有DRX作用时间条件时,考虑到在符号n之前4ms所接收的在此DRX群组中的服务小区上调度的准予/指派和DRX命令MACCE/长DRX命令MAC CE/(上文中提到的)指示和发送的调度请求,DRX群组将不处于作用时间;以及2> In the current symbol n, if, when evaluating all DRX action time conditions specified in this clause, the DRX group shall not be in action time, taking into account the grant/assignment scheduled on the serving cell in this DRX group received 4 ms before symbol n and the DRX command MAC CE/long DRX command MAC CE /(mentioned above) indication and scheduling request sent; and

2>在当前符号n中,如果未配置allowCSI-SRS-Tx-MulticastDRX-Active,或在评估条款5.7b中所指定的所有DRX作用时间条件时,考虑到在符号n之前4ms所接收的用于MBS多播的多播分配和DRX命令MAC CE,全部多播DRX将不处于作用时间,那么:2> In the current symbol n, if allowCSI-SRS-Tx-MulticastDRX-Active is not configured, or when evaluating all DRX action time conditions specified in clause 5.7b, taking into account the multicast allocation and DRX command MAC CE for MBS multicast received 4 ms before symbol n, all multicast DRX will not be in action time, then:

3>不传送在此DRX群组中在TS 38.214中定义的周期性SRS和半持久SRS;3> Periodic SRS and semi-persistent SRS defined in TS 38.214 are not transmitted in this DRX group;

3>不报告PUCCH上的CSI和在此DRX群组中配置在PUSCH上的半持久CSI。3> CSI on PUCCH and semi-persistent CSI configured on PUSCH in this DRX group are not reported.

2>如果CSI掩蔽(csi-Mask)由上部层设置,那么:2> If CSI mask (csi-Mask) is set by the upper layer, then:

3>在当前符号n中,如果在评估此条款中所指定的所有DRX作用时间条件时,考虑到在符号n之前4ms所接收的在此DRX群组中的服务小区上调度的准予/指派和DRX命令MACCE/长DRX命令MAC CE/(上文中提到的)指示,DRX群组的drx-onDurationTimer将不在运行;以及3> In the current symbol n, if, while evaluating all DRX action time conditions specified in this clause, the grant/assignment scheduled on the serving cell in this DRX group and the DRX command MAC CE/long DRX command MAC CE /indication (mentioned above) received 4 ms before symbol n are taken into account, the drx-onDurationTimer of the DRX group shall not be running; and

4>在此DRX群组中不报告PUCCH上的CSI。4> CSI on PUCCH is not reported in this DRX group.

下文描述基于[3]3GPP TS 38.321V17.0.0的发明的另一实例:Another example of the invention based on [3] 3GPP TS 38.321 V17.0.0 is described below:

1>如果使用短DRX循环用于DRX群组,并且[(SFN×10)+子帧号]模(drx-ShortCycle)=(drx-StartOffset)模(drx-ShortCycle):1> If a short DRX cycle is used for the DRX group, and [(SFN×10)+subframe number] modulo (drx-ShortCycle)=(drx-StartOffset) modulo (drx-ShortCycle):

2>在从子帧的开始的drx-SlotOffset之后启动或重新启动用于此DRX群组的drx-onDurationTimer。2> Start or restart the drx-onDurationTimer for this DRX group after drx-SlotOffset from the start of the subframe.

1>如果使用长DRX循环用于DRX群组,且[(SFN×10)+子帧号]模(drx-LongCycle)=drx-StartOffset:1> If a long DRX cycle is used for the DRX group, and [(SFN×10)+subframe number] modulo (drx-LongCycle)=drx-StartOffset:

2>如果如TS 38.213条款10.3中所指定为作用中DL BWP配置DCP监视:2> If DCP monitoring is configured for the active DL BWP as specified in TS 38.213 clause 10.3:

3>如果从下部层接收到与当前DRX循环相关联的指示启动drx-onDurationTimer的DCP指示,如TS 38.213中所指定;或3> if a DCP indication is received from lower layers indicating to start the drx-onDurationTimer associated with the current DRX cycle, as specified in TS 38.213; or

3>如果如TS 38.213中所指定,与当前DRX循环相关联的在时域中的所有DCP时机在作用时间中发生,考虑在最后DCP时机的开始之前4ms,或在测量间隙期间,或当在ra-ResponseWindow处于运行中时MAC实体在由C-RNTI标识的SpCell的recoverySearchSpaceId指示的搜索空间上监视PDCCH传送时所接收的准予/指派/DRX命令MAC CE/长DRX命令MAC CE和发送的调度请求(如条款5.1.4中所指定);或3> If all DCP opportunities in the time domain associated with the current DRX cycle occur in the active time as specified in TS 38.213, consider the Grant/Assignment/DRX Command MAC CE/Long DRX Command MAC CE received and the Scheduling Request sent 4 ms before the start of the last DCP opportunity, or during a Measurement Gap, or when the MAC entity monitors PDCCH transmissions on the search space indicated by recoverySearchSpaceId of the SpCell identified by the C-RNTI while the ra-ResponseWindow is in operation (as specified in clause 5.1.4); or

3>如果ps-Wakeup被配置有值真且未从下部层接收到与当前DRX循环相关联的DCP指示:3> If ps-Wakeup is configured with a value of true and no DCP indication associated with the current DRX cycle is received from lower layers:

4>在从子帧开始的drx-SlotOffset之后启动drx-onDurationTimer。4> Start drx-onDurationTimer after drx-SlotOffset from the start of the subframe.

2>否则:2> Otherwise:

3>在从子帧的开始的drx-SlotOffset之后启动或重新启动用于此DRX群组的drx-onDurationTimer。3> Start or restart the drx-onDurationTimer for this DRX group after drx-SlotOffset from the start of the subframe.

参看图21,关于本发明的此类和其它概念、系统和方法,用于无线通信系统中的UE的方法1040包括:接收包括DRX配置的RRC消息(步骤1042),接收一个或多个DRX配置的指示(步骤1044),将所述指示应用于所述一个或多个DRX配置以执行PDCCH监视(步骤1046),以及基于所述指示而确定是否在符号n中传送SRS和/或CSI(步骤1048)。21 , regarding such and other concepts, systems, and methods of the present invention, a method 1040 for a UE in a wireless communication system includes receiving an RRC message including a DRX configuration (step 1042), receiving an indication of one or more DRX configurations (step 1044), applying the indication to the one or more DRX configurations to perform PDCCH monitoring (step 1046), and determining whether to transmit SRS and/or CSI in symbol n based on the indication (step 1048).

在各种实施例中,UE基于当接收和/或应用指示时的时序而确定是否传送SRS和/或CSI。In various embodiments, the UE determines whether to transmit SRS and/or CSI based on the timing when the indication is received and/or applied.

在各种实施例中,如果在符号n之前的持续时间之前接收和/或应用指示,那么UE不传送SRS和/或CSI。In various embodiments, if the indication is received and/or applied before the duration before symbol n, the UE does not transmit SRS and/or CSI.

在各种实施例中,如果在符号n之前的持续时间之后接收和/或应用指示,那么UE传送SRS和/或CSI。In various embodiments, the UE transmits SRS and/or CSI if the indication is received and/or applied after a duration before symbol n.

在各种实施例中,所述持续时间是4ms。In various embodiments, the duration is 4 ms.

现在参考图3和4,在从UE的角度的一个或多个实施例中,装置300包含存储在传送器的存储器310中的程序代码312。CPU 308可以执行程序代码312以:(i)接收包括DRX配置的RRC消息;(ii)接收一个或多个DRX配置的指示;(iii)将所述指示应用于所述一个或多个DRX配置以执行PDCCH监视;以及(iv)基于所述指示而确定是否在符号n中传送SRS和/或CSI。此外,CPU 308可执行程序代码312以执行上文、下文或本文中另外描述的所有所描述动作、步骤和方法。Referring now to FIGS. 3 and 4 , in one or more embodiments from the perspective of a UE, an apparatus 300 includes program code 312 stored in a memory 310 of a transmitter. The CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to: (i) receive an RRC message including a DRX configuration; (ii) receive an indication of one or more DRX configurations; (iii) apply the indication to the one or more DRX configurations to perform PDCCH monitoring; and (iv) determine whether to transmit SRS and/or CSI in symbol n based on the indication. In addition, the CPU 308 may execute the program code 312 to perform all described actions, steps, and methods described above, below, or otherwise herein.

参看图22,关于本发明的此类和其它概念、系统和方法,用于无线通信系统中的UE的方法1050包括:接收配置不连续接收(DRX)参数的至少一个值的第一信令(步骤1052),在服务小区中接收指示DRX参数的第一值或DRX参数的所述至少一个值的第二值的第二信令(步骤1054),以及执行以下至少一项(步骤1056):基于第二信令中指示的目标DRX群组或基于服务小区被指派到第一DRX群组还是第二DRX群组而调整用于UE的第一DRX群组或第二DRX群组的DRX参数,响应于接收到第二信令而在基于第二信令中指示的DRX参数的第一值或第二值计算的时序重新启动drx-onDurationTimer,响应于接收到第二信令而停止drx-onDurationTimer和在所述时序启动drx-onDurationTimer,或在响应于第二信令的接收而传送确认时或之后停止drx-onDurationTimer和在所述时序启动drx-onDurationTimer(步骤1058)。22 , regarding such and other concepts, systems, and methods of the present invention, a method 1050 for a UE in a wireless communication system includes: receiving first signaling configuring at least one value of a discontinuous reception (DRX) parameter (step 1052), receiving second signaling in a serving cell indicating a first value of the DRX parameter or a second value of the at least one value of the DRX parameter (step 1054), and performing at least one of the following (step 1056): adjusting a first DRX group or a second DRX group for the UE based on a target DRX group indicated in the second signaling or based on whether the serving cell is assigned to the first DRX group or the second DRX group; The method further comprises: step 1054 of: step 1055 , wherein the drx-onDurationTimer is restarted at a timing calculated based on a first value or a second value of the DRX parameter indicated in the second signaling in response to receiving the second signaling, stopping the drx-onDurationTimer and starting the drx-onDurationTimer at the timing in response to receiving the second signaling, or stopping the drx-onDurationTimer and starting the drx-onDurationTimer at the timing when or after transmitting an acknowledgment in response to receiving the second signaling (step 1058 ).

在各种实施例中,第一信令是无线电资源控制(RRC)消息和/或第二信令是下行链路控制信息或媒体接入控制(MAC)控制元素(CE)。In various embodiments, the first signaling is a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message and/or the second signaling is downlink control information or a Medium Access Control (MAC) Control Element (CE).

在各种实施例中,DRX参数是drx-StartOffset或drx-SlotOffset。In various embodiments, the DRX parameter is drx-StartOffset or drx-SlotOffset.

在各种实施例中,在传送确认之后执行重新启动drx-onDurationTimer。In various embodiments, restarting the drx-onDurationTimer is performed after transmitting the confirmation.

在各种实施例中,所述方法进一步包括在接收到第二信令时或之后或者在传送确认时或之后停止drx-InactivityTimer。In various embodiments, the method further includes stopping the drx-InactivityTimer upon or after receiving the second signaling or upon or after transmitting the confirmation.

在各种实施例中,所述方法进一步包括通过将第一值或第二值应用于DRX参数和/或激活或撤销激活用第一值或第二值的DRX参数来调整DRX参数。In various embodiments, the method further comprises adjusting the DRX parameter by applying the first value or the second value to the DRX parameter and/or activating or deactivating the DRX parameter with the first value or the second value.

在各种实施例中,在以下至少一项时或之后执行调整DRX参数:第二信令的接收,确认的传送,第二信令中指示的物理下行链路控制信道(PDCCH)时机,或第二信令中指示的时间延迟。In various embodiments, adjusting the DRX parameters is performed upon or after at least one of: receipt of the second signaling, transmission of an acknowledgment, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) timing indicated in the second signaling, or a time delay indicated in the second signaling.

在各种实施例中,所述方法进一步包括:如果目标DRX群组是第一DRX群组,那么调整用于第一DRX群组的DRX参数,和/或如果目标DRX群组是第二DRX群组,那么调整用于第二DRX群组的DRX参数。In various embodiments, the method further comprises: if the target DRX group is the first DRX group, adjusting the DRX parameters for the first DRX group, and/or if the target DRX group is the second DRX group, adjusting the DRX parameters for the second DRX group.

在各种实施例中,所述方法进一步包括:如果服务小区被指派到第一DRX群组,那么调整用于第一DRX群组的DRX参数,和/或如果服务小区被指派到第二DRX群组,那么调整用于第二DRX群组的DRX参数。In various embodiments, the method further comprises: if the serving cell is assigned to the first DRX group, adjusting the DRX parameters for the first DRX group, and/or if the serving cell is assigned to the second DRX group, adjusting the DRX parameters for the second DRX group.

在各种实施例中,服务小区是被指派到第一DRX群组还是第二DRX群组在第一信令中指示。In various embodiments, whether the serving cell is assigned to the first DRX group or the second DRX group is indicated in the first signaling.

在各种实施例中,第一DRX群组和第二DRX群组与同一MAC实体相关联。In various embodiments, the first DRX group and the second DRX group are associated with the same MAC entity.

现在参考图3和4,在从UE的角度的一个或多个实施例中,装置300包含存储在传送器的存储器310中的程序代码312。CPU 308可以执行程序代码312以:(i)接收配置不连续接收(DRX)参数的至少一个值的第一信令;(ii)在服务小区中接收指示DRX参数的第一值或DRX参数的所述至少一个值的第二值的第二信令;以及(iii)执行以下至少一项:(iv)基于第二信令中指示的目标DRX群组或基于服务小区被指派到第一DRX群组还是第二DRX群组而调整用于UE的第一DRX群组或第二DRX群组的DRX参数;响应于接收到第二信令而在基于第二信令中指示的DRX参数的第一值或第二值计算的时序重新启动drx-onDurationTimer;响应于接收到第二信令而停止drx-onDurationTimer和在所述时序启动drx-onDurationTimer;或在响应于第二信令的接收而传送确认时或之后停止drx-onDurationTimer和在所述时序启动drx-onDurationTimer。此外,CPU 308可执行程序代码312以执行上文、下文或本文中另外描述的所有所描述动作、步骤和方法。Referring now to FIGS. 3 and 4 , in one or more embodiments from the perspective of a UE, an apparatus 300 includes program code 312 stored in a memory 310 of a transmitter. CPU 308 can execute program code 312 to: (i) receive first signaling configuring at least one value of a discontinuous reception (DRX) parameter; (ii) receive second signaling indicating a first value of the DRX parameter or a second value of the at least one value of the DRX parameter in a serving cell; and (iii) perform at least one of the following: (iv) adjust the DRX parameter of the first DRX group or the second DRX group for the UE based on the target DRX group indicated in the second signaling or based on whether the serving cell is assigned to the first DRX group or the second DRX group; restart the drx-onDurationTimer at a timing calculated based on the first value or the second value of the DRX parameter indicated in the second signaling in response to receiving the second signaling; stop the drx-onDurationTimer and start the drx-onDurationTimer at the timing in response to receiving the second signaling; or stop the drx-onDurationTimer and start the drx-onDurationTimer at the timing when or after transmitting a confirmation in response to receiving the second signaling. Furthermore, CPU 308 may execute program code 312 to perform all described actions, steps, and methods described above, below, or otherwise herein.

上文概念或教示的任何组合可共同地组合或形成为新实施例。所公开的细节和实施例可用于至少(但不限于)解决上文和本文中所提及的问题。Any combination of the above concepts or teachings can be combined or formed into new embodiments. The disclosed details and embodiments can be used to at least (but not limited to) solve the problems mentioned above and herein.

应注意,本文中提出的方法、替代方案、步骤、实例和实施例中的任一个可独立地、个别地和/或与组合在一起的多个方法、替代方案、步骤、实例和实施例一起应用。It should be noted that any of the methods, alternatives, steps, examples and embodiments presented herein may be applied independently, individually and/or in combination with multiple methods, alternatives, steps, examples and embodiments.

上文已经描述了本公开的各种方面。应清楚,本文中的教示可以广泛多种形式实施,且本文中所公开的任何特定结构、功能或这两者仅是代表性的。基于本文中的教示,所属领域的技术人员应了解,本文中所公开的方面可以独立于任何其它方面而实施,且可以通过不同方式组合这些方面中的两个或更多个方面。例如,可以使用本文中所阐述的任何数目个方面来实施设备或实践方法。此外,通过使用其它结构、功能性或除了在本文中所阐述的方面中的一个或多个方面之外或不同于在本文中所阐述的方面中的一个或多个方面的结构和功能性,可以实施此设备或可以实践此方法。作为上述概念中的一些的实例,在一些方面中,可基于脉冲重复频率建立并行信道。在一些方面中,可以基于脉冲位置或偏移建立并行信道。在一些方面中,可以基于时间跳频序列建立并行信道。在一些方面中,可以基于脉冲重复频率、脉冲位置或偏移、以及时间跳频序列建立并行信道。Various aspects of the present disclosure have been described above. It should be clear that the teachings herein can be implemented in a wide variety of forms, and any specific structure, function, or both disclosed herein are only representative. Based on the teachings herein, it should be understood by those skilled in the art that the aspects disclosed herein can be implemented independently of any other aspects, and two or more of these aspects can be combined in different ways. For example, any number of aspects set forth herein can be used to implement a device or practice method. In addition, by using other structures, functionality, or structures and functionality other than one or more aspects of the aspects set forth herein or different from one or more aspects of the aspects set forth herein, this device can be implemented or this method can be practiced. As an example of some of the above concepts, in some aspects, parallel channels can be established based on pulse repetition frequencies. In some aspects, parallel channels can be established based on pulse positions or offsets. In some aspects, parallel channels can be established based on time hopping sequences. In some aspects, parallel channels can be established based on pulse repetition frequencies, pulse positions or offsets, and time hopping sequences.

所属领域的技术人员将了解,可使用各种不同技术和技艺中的任一种来表示信息和信号。举例来说,可通过电压、电流、电磁波、磁场或磁粒子、光场或光粒子或其任何组合来表示在整个上文描述中可能参考的数据、指令、命令、信息、信号、位、符号和码片。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that information and signals may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies and techniques. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be referenced throughout the above description may be represented by voltage, current, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, optical fields or particles, or any combination thereof.

所属领域的普通技术人员将进一步了解,结合本文中所公开的各方面描述的各种说明性逻辑块、模块、处理器、构件、电路和算法步骤可以实施为电子硬件(例如,数字实施方案、模拟实施方案或这两个的组合,其可以使用源译码或某一其它技术来设计)、并有指令的各种形式的程序或设计代码(为方便起见,其在本文中可以称为“软件”或“软件模块”),或这两者的组合。为了清晰地说明硬件与软件的可互换性,上文已大体就其功能性来描述了各种说明性组件、块、模块、电路和步骤。这种功能被实施为硬件还是软件取决于特定应用和强加于整个系统的设计约束。本领域的技术人员可以针对每个特定应用以不同方式实施所描述的功能性,但此类实施决策不应被解释为造成对本公开的范围的偏离。Those of ordinary skill in the art will further appreciate that the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, processors, components, circuits, and algorithm steps described in conjunction with the various aspects disclosed herein may be implemented as electronic hardware (e.g., a digital implementation, an analog implementation, or a combination of the two, which may be designed using source decoding or some other technique), and various forms of programs or design code with instructions (which may be referred to herein as "software" or "software modules" for convenience), or a combination of the two. In order to clearly illustrate the interchangeability of hardware and software, various illustrative components, blocks, modules, circuits, and steps have been described above generally in terms of their functionality. Whether such functionality is implemented as hardware or software depends on the specific application and the design constraints imposed on the overall system. Those skilled in the art may implement the described functionality in different ways for each specific application, but such implementation decisions should not be interpreted as causing a departure from the scope of the present disclosure.

另外,结合本文中所公开的方面描述的各种说明性逻辑块、模块和电路可以在集成电路(“IC”)、接入终端或接入点内实施或由所述集成电路、接入终端或接入点执行。IC可以包括通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或其它可编程逻辑装置、离散门或晶体管逻辑、离散硬件组件、电气组件、光学组件、机械组件,或其经设计以执行本文中所描述的功能的任何组合,且可以执行驻存在IC内、在IC外或这两种情况下的代码或指令。通用处理器可为微处理器,但在替代方案中,处理器可为任何常规处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器还可实施为计算装置的组合,例如DSP和微处理器的组合、多个微处理器、一个或多个微处理器结合DSP核心,或任何其它此类配置。In addition, the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the aspects disclosed herein may be implemented within or performed by an integrated circuit ("IC"), an access terminal, or an access point. The IC may include a general purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, electrical components, optical components, mechanical components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described herein, and may execute code or instructions residing within the IC, outside the IC, or both. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but in the alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. The processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, such as a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration.

应理解,在任何公开的过程中的步骤的任何特定次序或层级都是示例方法的实例。应理解,基于设计偏好,过程中的步骤的具体次序或层次可以重新布置,同时保持在本公开的范围内。随附的方法权利要求以样本顺序呈现了各个步骤的要素并且并不旨在受限于所呈现的特定顺序或层级。It should be understood that any specific order or hierarchy of steps in any disclosed process is an example of an exemplary method. It should be understood that based on design preferences, the specific order or hierarchy of steps in a process can be rearranged while remaining within the scope of the present disclosure. The accompanying method claims present elements of the various steps in a sample order and are not intended to be limited to the specific order or hierarchy presented.

结合本文中所公开的各方面描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接用硬件、用由处理器执行的软件模块、或用这两者的组合实施。软件模块(例如,包含可执行指令和相关数据)和其它数据可以驻存在数据存储器中,例如RAM存储器、快闪存储器、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或所属领域中已知的计算机可读存储介质的任何其它形式。示例存储介质可以耦合到例如计算机/处理器等机器(为方便起见,所述机器在本文中可以称为“处理器”),使得所述处理器可以从存储介质读取信息(例如,代码)和将信息写入到存储介质。示例存储介质可以与处理器形成一体。处理器和存储介质可驻存在ASIC中。ASIC可驻存在用户设备中。在替代方案中,处理器和存储介质可以作为离散组件驻存在用户设备中。此外,在一些方面中,任何合适的计算机程序产品可以包括计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质包括与本发明的各方面中的一个或多个相关的代码。在一些方面中,计算机程序产品可以包括封装材料。The steps of the method or algorithm described in conjunction with the various aspects disclosed herein can be implemented directly with hardware, with a software module executed by a processor, or with a combination of the two. Software modules (e.g., including executable instructions and related data) and other data can reside in a data memory, such as a RAM memory, a flash memory, a ROM memory, an EPROM memory, an EEPROM memory, a register, a hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of a computer-readable storage medium known in the art. An example storage medium can be coupled to a machine such as a computer/processor (for convenience, the machine can be referred to as a "processor" in this article) so that the processor can read information (e.g., code) from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. An example storage medium can be integrated with a processor. The processor and the storage medium can reside in an ASIC. The ASIC can reside in a user device. In an alternative, the processor and the storage medium can reside in a user device as discrete components. In addition, in some aspects, any suitable computer program product may include a computer-readable medium, and the computer-readable medium includes a code related to one or more of the various aspects of the present invention. In some aspects, a computer program product may include packaging materials.

虽然已经结合各个方面和实例描述本发明,但应理解本发明能够进行进一步修改。本申请案意图涵盖对本发明的任何改变、使用或调适,这通常遵循本发明的原理且包含对本公开的此类偏离,所述偏离处于在本发明所属的技术领域内的已知及惯常实践的范围内。Although the present invention has been described in conjunction with various aspects and examples, it will be appreciated that the present invention is capable of further modifications. This application is intended to cover any changes, uses or adaptations of the present invention, which generally follow the principles of the present invention and include such deviations from the present disclosure, which are within the scope of known and customary practice in the technical field to which the present invention belongs.

相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

本申请案要求2022年5月6日提交的第63/339,274号美国临时专利申请、2022年5月6日提交的第63/339,310号美国临时专利申请、2022年5月6日提交的第63/339,339号美国临时专利申请和2022年5月6日提交的第63/339,354号美国临时专利申请的优先权和权益,所引用的申请案和公开中的每一个以全文引用的方式并入本文中。This application claims priority to and the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/339,274 filed on May 6, 2022, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/339,310 filed on May 6, 2022, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/339,339 filed on May 6, 2022, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/339,354 filed on May 6, 2022, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Claims (20)

1.一种用于用户设备的方法,其特征在于,包括:1. A method for user equipment, characterized in that it includes: 接收配置不连续接收参数的至少一个值的第一信令;receiving first signaling configuring at least one value of the discontinuous reception parameter; 在服务小区中接收指示所述不连续接收参数的第一值或所述不连续接收参数的所述至少一个值的第二值的第二信令;以及receiving second signaling in the serving cell indicating the first value of the discontinuous reception parameter or the second value of the at least one value of the discontinuous reception parameter; and 执行以下各项中的至少一个:Do at least one of the following: 基于所述第二信令中指示的目标不连续接收群组或基于所述服务小区是被指派到第一不连续接收群组还是第二不连续接收群组而调整用于所述用户设备的所述第一不连续接收群组或所述第二不连续接收群组的所述不连续接收参数;Adjusting the DRX signal for the user equipment based on the target discontinuous reception group indicated in the second signaling or based on whether the serving cell is assigned to the first discontinuous reception group or the second discontinuous reception group. the discontinuous reception parameters of the first discontinuous reception group or the second discontinuous reception group; 响应于接收到所述第二信令而在基于所述第二信令中指示的所述不连续接收参数的所述第一值或所述第二值计算的时序重新启动drx-onDurationTimer;Responsive to receiving the second signaling, restart drx-onDurationTimer at a timing calculated based on the first value or the second value of the discontinuous reception parameter indicated in the second signaling; 响应于接收到所述第二信令而停止所述drx-onDurationTimer和在所述时序启动所述drx-onDurationTimer;或stopping the drx-onDurationTimer and starting the drx-onDurationTimer at the timing in response to receiving the second signaling; or 在响应于所述第二信令的接收而传送确认时或之后停止所述drx-onDurationTimer和在所述时序启动所述drx-onDurationTimer。The drx-onDurationTimer is stopped and started at the timing when or after an acknowledgment is transmitted in response to receipt of the second signaling. 2.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信令是无线电资源控制消息和/或所述第二信令是下行链路控制信息或媒体接入控制控制元素。2. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the first signaling is a radio resource control message and/or the second signaling is downlink control information or a media access control control element. 3.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述不连续接收参数是drx-StartOffset或drx-SlotOffset。3. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the discontinuous reception parameter is drx-StartOffset or drx-SlotOffset. 4.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在传送所述确认之后执行重新启动所述drx-onDurationTimer。4. The method of claim 1, wherein restarting the drx-onDurationTimer is performed after transmitting the acknowledgment. 5.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,进一步包括在接收到所述第二信令时或之后或者在传送所述确认时或之后停止drx-InactivityTimer。5. The method of claim 1, further comprising stopping drx-InactivityTimer when or after receiving the second signaling or when or after transmitting the acknowledgment. 6.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,进一步包括通过将所述第一值或所述第二值应用于所述不连续接收参数和/或激活或撤销激活用所述第一值或所述第二值的所述不连续接收参数来调整所述不连续接收参数。6. The method of claim 1, further comprising applying said first value or said second value to said discontinuous reception parameter and/or activating or deactivating said first value. value or the second value of the discontinuous reception parameter to adjust the discontinuous reception parameter. 7.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在以下各项中的至少一个时或之后执行调整所述不连续接收参数:7. The method of claim 1, wherein adjusting the discontinuous reception parameters is performed when or after at least one of the following: 所述第二信令的接收;Reception of the second signaling; 所述确认的传送;Transmission of said confirmation; 所述第二信令中指示的物理下行链路控制信道时机;或The physical downlink control channel timing indicated in the second signaling; or 所述第二信令中指示的时间延迟。The time delay indicated in the second signaling. 8.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,进一步包括如果所述目标不连续接收群组是所述第一不连续接收群组,那么调整用于所述第一不连续接收群组的所述不连续接收参数,和/或如果所述目标不连续接收群组是所述第二不连续接收群组,那么调整用于所述第二不连续接收群组的所述不连续接收参数。8. The method of claim 1, further comprising, if the target discontinuous reception group is the first discontinuous reception group, adjusting for the first discontinuous reception group the discontinuous reception parameters, and/or if the target discontinuous reception group is the second discontinuous reception group, then adjusting the discontinuous reception for the second discontinuous reception group parameter. 9.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,进一步包括如果所述服务小区被指派到所述第一不连续接收群组,那么调整用于所述第一不连续接收群组的所述不连续接收参数,和/或如果所述服务小区被指派到所述第二不连续接收群组,那么调整用于所述第二不连续接收群组的所述不连续接收参数。9. The method of claim 1, further comprising, if the serving cell is assigned to the first discontinuous reception group, adjusting all signals for the first discontinuous reception group. the discontinuous reception parameters, and/or if the serving cell is assigned to the second discontinuous reception group, adjusting the discontinuous reception parameters for the second discontinuous reception group. 10.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述服务小区是被指派到所述第一不连续接收群组还是所述第二不连续接收群组是在所述第一信令中指示的。10. The method of claim 1, wherein whether the serving cell is assigned to the first discontinuous reception group or the second discontinuous reception group is determined in the first signaling indicated in. 11.根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一不连续接收群组和所述第二不连续接收群组与同一媒体接入控制实体相关联。11. The method of claim 1, wherein the first discontinuous reception group and the second discontinuous reception group are associated with the same media access control entity. 12.一种用户设备,其特征在于,包括:12. A user equipment, characterized in that it includes: 存储器;以及memory; and 处理器,其以操作方式耦合到所述存储器,其中所述处理器被配置成执行程序代码以:a processor operatively coupled to the memory, wherein the processor is configured to execute program code to: 接收配置不连续接收参数的至少一个值的第一信令;receiving first signaling configuring at least one value of the discontinuous reception parameter; 在服务小区中接收指示所述不连续接收参数的第一值或所述不连续接收参数的所述至少一个值的第二值的第二信令;以及receiving second signaling in the serving cell indicating the first value of the discontinuous reception parameter or the second value of the at least one value of the discontinuous reception parameter; and 执行以下各项中的至少一项:Do at least one of the following: 基于所述第二信令中指示的目标不连续接收群组或基于所述服务小区是被指派到第一不连续接收群组还是第二不连续接收群组而调整用于所述用户设备的所述第一不连续接收群组或所述第二不连续接收群组的所述不连续接收参数;Adjusting the DRX signal for the user equipment based on the target discontinuous reception group indicated in the second signaling or based on whether the serving cell is assigned to the first discontinuous reception group or the second discontinuous reception group. the discontinuous reception parameters of the first discontinuous reception group or the second discontinuous reception group; 响应于接收到所述第二信令而在基于所述第二信令中指示的所述不连续接收参数的所述第一值或所述第二值计算的时序重新启动drx-onDurationTimer;Responsive to receiving the second signaling, restart drx-onDurationTimer at a timing calculated based on the first value or the second value of the discontinuous reception parameter indicated in the second signaling; 响应于接收到所述第二信令而停止所述drx-onDurationTimer和在所述时序启动所述drx-onDurationTimer;或stopping the drx-onDurationTimer and starting the drx-onDurationTimer at the timing in response to receiving the second signaling; or 在响应于所述第二信令的接收而传送确认时或之后停止所述drx-onDurationTimer和在所述时序启动所述drx-onDurationTimer。The drx-onDurationTimer is stopped and started at the timing when or after an acknowledgment is transmitted in response to receipt of the second signaling. 13.根据权利要求12所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述第一信令是无线电资源控制消息和/或所述第二信令是下行链路控制信息或媒体接入控制控制元素。13. The user equipment according to claim 12, wherein the first signaling is a radio resource control message and/or the second signaling is downlink control information or a media access control control element. 14.根据权利要求12所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述不连续接收参数是drx-StartOffset或drx-SlotOffset。14. The user equipment according to claim 12, characterized in that the discontinuous reception parameter is drx-StartOffset or drx-SlotOffset. 15.根据权利要求12所述的用户设备,其特征在于,在传送所述确认之后执行重新启动所述drx-onDurationTimer。15. The user equipment of claim 12, wherein restarting the drx-onDurationTimer is performed after transmitting the confirmation. 16.根据权利要求12所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述处理器进一步被配置成执行程序代码以在接收到所述第二信令时或之后或者在传送所述确认时或之后停止drx-InactivityTimer。16. The user equipment of claim 12, wherein the processor is further configured to execute program code to stop on or after receiving the second signaling or on or after transmitting the acknowledgment. drx-InactivityTimer. 17.根据权利要求12所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述处理器进一步被配置成执行程序代码以通过将所述第一值或所述第二值应用于所述不连续接收参数和/或激活或撤销激活用所述第一值或所述第二值的所述不连续接收参数来调整所述不连续接收参数。17. The user equipment of claim 12, wherein the processor is further configured to execute program code to generate the discontinuous reception parameter by applying the first value or the second value to the discontinuous reception parameter and the second value. /Or activate or deactivate the discontinuous reception parameter using the first value or the second value to adjust the discontinuous reception parameter. 18.根据权利要求12所述的用户设备,其特征在于,在以下各项中的至少一个时或之后执行调整所述不连续接收参数:18. The user equipment according to claim 12, characterized in that adjusting the discontinuous reception parameters is performed when or after at least one of the following: 所述第二信令的接收;Reception of the second signaling; 所述确认的传送;Transmission of said confirmation; 所述第二信令中指示的物理下行链路控制信道时机;或The physical downlink control channel timing indicated in the second signaling; or 所述第二信令中指示的时间延迟。The time delay indicated in the second signaling. 19.根据权利要求12所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述处理器进一步被配置成执行程序代码以:19. The user equipment of claim 12, wherein the processor is further configured to execute program code to: 如果所述目标不连续接收群组是所述第一不连续接收群组,那么调整用于所述第一不连续接收群组的所述不连续接收参数;和/或If the target discontinuous reception group is the first discontinuous reception group, adjusting the discontinuous reception parameters for the first discontinuous reception group; and/or 如果所述目标不连续接收群组是所述第二不连续接收群组,那么调整用于所述第二不连续接收群组的所述不连续接收参数;和/或If the target discontinuous reception group is the second discontinuous reception group, adjusting the discontinuous reception parameters for the second discontinuous reception group; and/or 如果所述服务小区被指派到所述第一不连续接收群组,那么调整用于所述第一不连续接收群组的所述不连续接收参数;和/或If the serving cell is assigned to the first discontinuous reception group, adjusting the discontinuous reception parameters for the first discontinuous reception group; and/or 如果所述服务小区被指派到所述第二不连续接收群组,那么调整用于所述第二不连续接收群组的所述不连续接收参数。If the serving cell is assigned to the second discontinuous reception group, the discontinuous reception parameters for the second discontinuous reception group are adjusted. 20.根据权利要求12所述的用户设备,其特征在于,所述服务小区是被指派到所述第一不连续接收群组还是所述第二不连续接收群组是在所述第一信令中指示的,和/或所述第一不连续接收群组和所述第二不连续接收群组与同一媒体接入控制实体相关联。20. The user equipment according to claim 12, characterized in that whether the serving cell is assigned to the first discontinuous reception group or the second discontinuous reception group is in the first signal. indicated in the order, and/or the first discontinuous reception group and the second discontinuous reception group are associated with the same medium access control entity.
CN202310474497.XA 2022-05-06 2023-04-28 Method and apparatus for handling discontinuous reception configuration for augmented reality Pending CN117015081A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202263339354P 2022-05-06 2022-05-06
US63/339,310 2022-05-06
US63/339,354 2022-05-06
US63/339,274 2022-05-06
US63/339,339 2022-05-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN117015081A true CN117015081A (en) 2023-11-07

Family

ID=88569836

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN202310474497.XA Pending CN117015081A (en) 2022-05-06 2023-04-28 Method and apparatus for handling discontinuous reception configuration for augmented reality

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117015081A (en)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6960443B2 (en) Methods and Devices for Improving MSG3 Transmission of Random Access Procedures in Wireless Communities
CN111600682B (en) Method and apparatus for improved retransmission scheduling for sidelink communications in a wireless communication system
TWI761045B (en) Method and apparatus for handling logical channel prioritization regarding sidelink discontinuous reception in a wireless communication system
JP6655586B2 (en) Operation in discontinuous reception mode using carrier aggregation
CN108811175B (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data replication in wireless communication system
US10117229B2 (en) Method and apparatus for using a configured resource in a wireless communication system
CN108307502B (en) Information sending and receiving method and device, base station, terminal
CN109981237B (en) Base station, mobile station and method thereof
US20180132266A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control information in a wireless communication system
JP5290353B2 (en) Method and apparatus for component carrier (CC) deactivation timer applied to wireless communication system
JP5345740B2 (en) Flexible DTX and DRX in wireless communication systems
US10735982B2 (en) Radio terminal and base station for monitoring a physical downlink control channel during a discontinuous reception operation
US20120069782A1 (en) Method and apparatus for improving drx in a wireless communication system
CN102204386A (en) Method and apparatus for monitoring and processing component carriers
WO2013135038A1 (en) Method, device, and system for resource allocation
CN113939045B (en) Methods and apparatus for handling configured uplink grant bundling DRX timers in wireless communication systems
US20130272138A1 (en) Method and apparatus for monitoring a pdcch (physical downlink channel) in a wireless communication network
CN115119268A (en) Method and apparatus for handling periodic sidelink resources for sidelink communication
CN110651496A (en) Terminal device, base station device, communication method, and integrated circuit
JP2022543163A (en) User equipment and base station involved in time domain scheduling
WO2016185896A1 (en) Wireless terminal, base station, and processor
CN116939892B (en) Method and apparatus for discontinuous reception of a physical uplink control channel
CN116744447A (en) Method and user equipment for side-link discontinuous reception in wireless communication system
KR20120112124A (en) Aperiodic sounding reference symbol configuration in a wireless communication system
JP6220903B2 (en) Method and apparatus for processing uplink transmissions in a wireless communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination